Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Home Science KCSE Mock Exams and Answers {Latest Best Collections}

Name: ………………………………………            Index no ……..………………………………..

School: ………………………………………         Candidate’s sign …………………….         

Date: …………………………        

441/1

HOMESCIENCE THEORY

TIME: 2 ½ HOURS

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.) TRAIL

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES:

  • Write your name and index number in the spaces provided.
  • This paper consists of three section A,B and C
  • Answer all the questions in section A and B
  • Answer only two questions in section
  • Answers should be written in proper English and in the spaces provided in this booklet.

 

 

 

For Examiner’s Use Only:

QUESTIONS MAXIMUM SCORE CANDIDATES SCORE
1-20 40  
21 20  
22 20  
23 20  
24 20  
Total 100  

This paper consists of 15 printed pages. Candidates should check to ascertain that all papers are printed as indicated and that no questions are missing.

SECTION A (COMPULSORY) 40 MARKS

Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided.

 

  1. State two methods of cooking using dry heat.             (2marks)

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­________________________________________________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

  1. Name two types of tacking stitches. (2 marks)

 

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­___________________________________________________________________________

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

  1. List two types of hand sewing needles. (2 marks)

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

 

  1. Highlight two ways of enhancing personal health. (2 marks)           ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Give two advantages of baking as a cooking method. (2 marks)

 

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Give two methods of ventilation.(2 marks) ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

 

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­______________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

  1. Mention two ways of reducing a bulk in a seam.(2 marks)

 

_____________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

 

  1. List four items in the house that can be recycled(2 marks)

 

________________________________________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________

 

 

  1. Mention two general functions of minerals in the body. (2 marks)           ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Give the meaning of Kitchen hygiene.(2 marks)

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

  1. Mention the twocolour schemes that are used for interior decoration.(2 marks)

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________

 

  1. State two functions of sebaceous glands in the skin. (2 marks)         ­­­­­­­­­­­­

 

______________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________

  1. Give two uses of a seam ripper. (2 marks)

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Give two agents used in coating food during deep frying. (2 marks)

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Give two factors that determine size of a patch pocket. (2 marks)

 

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. State two points to be observed when washing articles with non-fast colour.(2 marks)

 

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

  1. Mention two ways to identifying silk using burning test.   (2 marks

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Mention two ways of enriching leftover foods.                             (2 marks)

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Give two disadvantages of using candles for lighting.(2 marks)

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

  1. Mention twouses charcoal as fuel.(2 marks)

 

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION B (COMPULSORY) 20 MARKS

Give your answers in the space provided after the question

21.) You have been left alone at home and you have decided to do some cleaning,

a)Describe how you would wash a neglected aluminum pan                                   (4marks)

b)Explain how to thorough clean an enamel plate. (7marks)

  1. c) Give the procedure of cleaning a hurricane lamp (omitting the glass)                    (9 marks)

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

SECTION C (40 MARKS)

Answer only two questions from this section and use the spaces provided below.  Each question carries equal marks

 

22 a ) Give five  points on conservation of energy in lighting.                                  (5 marks)

  1. b) Explain three suitable conditions for the growth of yeast. (6 marks).

c ) Describe how to prepare  and attacha shaped round  patch pocket .        (9 marks)

 

 

23 a )  Explain four  advantages of stewing as a method of cooking.                       (8 marks)

b ) Draw and name three different symbols likely to be found on care label of a woolen garment.(6 marks)

  1. c) Describe how to prepare a front and back facing using one well labeled diagram.

(6 marks)

 

24 a) Explain four reasons why hospitals would not use silk fabric for their bed sheets.

(8 marks)

  1. b) Give fourprecautions to observe when using a micro – wave oven.  (6 marks)
  2. c) Explain three good qualities of a kitchen plan. (6 marks)

 

 

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

————————————————————————————————————

 

———————————————————————————————————–

441/2   

(CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION)

PAPER 2                                                                    

(PRACTICAL)                                                          

TIME: 2½ HOURS

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.) TRAIL

                                                                                      

Instructions

A pattern of a pair of shorts is provided.

You are advised to study the sketches, instructions, and the layout carefully before you begin the test

Materials Provided

  1. Pattern pieces
  2. Short front
  3. Short back
  4. Motif
  5. Waist band
  6. Plain light weight cotton fabric 50cm long by 90cm wide.
  7. Cotton sewing thread to match the fabric.
  8. Embroidery thread 125 cm long.
  9. One button 1.3 cm with two holes.
  10. One large envelope.

 

 

 

THE TEST

Using the materials provided, cut out and make the LEFT LEG of the shorts to show the following processes:

  1. Cutting of the pattern pieces. (13 ½marks)
  2. Making of the back dart. (7 ½ marks)
  3. Placement of the motif using satin stitches. (14 marks)
  4. Working on the side seam using an open seam. (12 marks)
  5. Working of the inner leg seam using a French seam. (10 ½ marks)
  6. Preparing and attaching the waistband. (14 marks)
  7. Fixing the button. (5 ½ marks)
  8. Managing half of the slip hemming stitches (include both seams). (6 marks)
  9. Presentation of the work. (7 marks)

 

 

At the end of the examination, firmly sew on your work, on a single fabric, a label bearing your name and index number. Remove the needle and pins from your work, then fold your work neatly and place it in the envelope provided. Do not put scraps of fabric in the envelope.

 

441/3

HOMESCIENCE

(FOOD AND NUTRITION PRACTICAL)

PAPER 3

TIME: 1 ¼ HOURS

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.) TRAIL

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

 

  • Read the test carefully
  • Write your name and index number on every sheet of paper.
  • Textbooks and recipes books may be used during planning session as reference materials.
  • You will be expected to keep to your order  of work during the practical session
  • You are only allowed t o take away your reference materials at the end of the planning
  • You are not allowed to bring additional notes to the practical session.

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE TEST

You are expecting your former school mate at around 4 o’clock. Using the ingredients listed below prepare, cook and serve two items and a beverage   for the two of you.

 

Ingredients.

  • Wheat flour.
  • Bread
  • Cooking oil.
  • Eggs/sausage
  • Sugar
  • Beverage
  • Milk
  • Lettuce/cabbage
  • Baking powder
  • Essence.

 

PLANNING SESSION: 30 MINUTES

Use separate sheets of paper for each task listed below and a carbon paper to make duplicate copies.

Then proceed as follows:

  1. Identify the dishes and then write down their recipes
  2. Write down your order of work.
  3. Make a list of the foodstuffs and equipment you will require.

              

441/1

HOMESCIENCE THEORY

PAPER 1

Marking Scheme

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.) TRAIL

 

SECTION A

 

  1. Methods of cooking using dry heat (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

– Baking

  • Roasting

 

 

 

  1. Types of tacking stitches. (2 marks)
  • Even tacking
  • Tailors tacking
  • Long and short tacking
  • Basting/ Diagonal tacking (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

3.Types of hand sewing needles

  • Betweens
  • Crewels
  • Darners
  • Embroidery
  • Sharps(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

 

  1. Ways of enhancing personal health.
  • Give body proper cleaning
  • Take balanced diet
  • Take proper rest
  • Do enough exercises
  • Dress well(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

 

 

  1. Advantages of baking as a cooking method
  • If temperature is properly set it does not require a lot of attention.
  • Foods are light and easy to digest.
  • Baking saves on fuel since several dishes can be cooked at the same time.
  • Foods baked are attractive and appeasing.(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

 

  1. Methods of ventilation
  • Adjacent method.
  • Cross method. (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

 

  1. Ways of reducing a bulk in a seam.
  • Trimming
  • Layering
  • Pressing flat (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

  1. Items in the house that can be recycled
  • Plastic papers can be used for lining surfaces
  • Old tins can be used as utensils
  • Plastic containers can be washed then used to store ingredients

Carton box can be used keeping clothes, or some stuff in the house.

  • Old clothes can be used as dusters,Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. General functions of minerals in the body

–  Building of bones and teeth

– Maintaining all cells in the body e.g. muscles, nerves, brain and blood cells

– Controlling body processes and enabling them to run smoothly  (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. Kitchen hygiene – refers to cleanliness of surfaces, equipment and proper disposal of refuse. (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

11.Colour schemes that are used for interior decoration.

– Monochromatic colour schemes (one colour plan)

– Complementary scheme.

– Triad harmonies

– Analogous(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

  1. Functions of sebaceous glands in the skin.

– Production of sebum which keeps the skin supple.

–   Produce sebum which makes the skin water proof.

– Produce sebum which destroys disease causing micro-organism.

(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. Uses of a seam ripper

– Cutting button-holes

– For picking out stitches.(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. Agents used in coating food during deep frying.

– Bread crumbs

– Egg white

– Thin batter(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. Factors that determine size of a patch pocket.

– Purpose of the patch pocket

– Position of the pocket

– Size of the garment

– Age of the wearer.(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. Points to be observed when washing articles with non-fast colour

– The garments should be washed using the kneading and squeezing method

– The garment should be hanged under shade

– Use moderate iron when ironing  (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. How to identify silk using burning test

– Burns with spluttering noise and is self extinguishing.

-Gives the smell of burnt feathers or hair.(Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

  1. 18. Ways of enriching leftover foods
  • Adding vegetables
  • Using species
  • Serving together with vegetables / salads
  • Garnishing
  • Adding stock
  • Coating some food (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

19.Disadvantages of using candles for lighting

  • Get finished quickly
  • No sufficient light
  • Easily put off by wind
  • Can cause accidents easily (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

 

 

  1. Uses charcoal as fuel
  • For cooling in a charcoal coder
  • For cooking
  • Ironing (Any 2X1=2 MARKS)

SECTION B (20 MARKS)

21.)

  1. a) Description of washing a neglected aluminum pan

–  Collect equipment and material needed ( ½ )

–  Wash (½) in hot ½ soapy ½ water using scouring pad ½

–  Rinse ½ severally ½ using hot ½ water.

–  Wipe dry ½ with a kitchen cloth  ½

– Clean equipment used (½ )

(any 8×1/2 = 4 marks)

 

b)Explanation of thorough cleaning an enamel plate.

                       – Collect equipment and material needed (½) to save on time (½ )

– Removal of loose dirt/dispose scrapes of food (½) to keep water clean (½)

– Use a sponge (½) and warm soapy (½) water to remove dirt and prevent scratches (½) and remove dirt (½)

– Rinse thoroughly in warm (½) water to remove dirt and soap (½)

– Final rinse in cold (½) water to freshen (½)

– Drip dry/upside down on a rack (½) to remove water (½).

– Store (½) in a clean cool dry place to maintain (½)

– Clean (½) equipment used to maintain (½)  (any 14 x ½ = 7 marks)

 

  1. c) Procedure of cleaning a hurricane lamp (omitting the glass)

 

  • Collect equipment and materials (½) necessary for the work.
  • Protect (½)  the surface using old newspapers(½)
  • Dismantle the lamp (½)and place the glass chimney on a clean dry place
  • Empty the kerosene into a clean dry container (½)
  • Put hot soapy water(½) inside the reservoir close the opening and shake the lamp(½)
  • Rinse (½) thoroughly using warm (½) water
  • Shake (½) off excess water
  • Wipe off soot (½) using a newspaper especially the chimney
  • Clean the frame chimney and handle using warm (½) soapy (½) waterand a soft cloth/sponge(½)
  • Rinse (½) thoroughly
  • Drain off excess water by placing it upside down (½)on a clean surface
  • Trim (½)  the wick
  • Reassemble (½) the lamp
  • Refill (½) with kerosene
  • Clean equipment and materials (½) used           ( any 18 x ½ = 9 marks )

 

 

 

 

SECTION C (40 MARKS)

22 a)Points on conservation of energy in lighting.

– Lighting in various parts of the house should be designed to suit a particular area

– Use lightly colored surfaces as they reflect light and distribute it better than dark ones

– Daily light should be used as much as possible. Artificial light should be used only for dark hours

– Ensure that all light fittings e.g. shades, covers etc are clean and in working order

– Turn off lights when not in use even for short periods

– Avoid using bulbs with high voltage than really required (any 5 x 1 = 5 marks)

 

b)Suitable conditions for the growth of yeast.

(i)        Food, this is provided by the sugar in the flour / Limited amounts should be used since too much of it will rupture the yeast cells retarding the fermentation process.

  • Warmth , the working conditions must be warm 25°C / Hot temperatures will

kill the yeast and cold temperature will retard the growth of the yeast.

  • Liquid , this is provided by the water or milk used in the mixture/  It is used for the formation of the solution in which fermentation process takes place.
  • Time, this is provided by allowing yeast mixture to ferment and proof.

(any 3×2 = 6 marks)

 

c ) Preparation of a shaped round  patch pocket and  attachment.           

– Neaten ½ the top edge ½ of the pocket

–  Snip / notch ½ the turnings ½  of the curves (½),

– Fold ½ the allowance ( ½ ) along the SL ( ½ ) to the W.S ( ½ ) of the pocket.

– Pin ½ and tack ½ in place ½

– Stitch (½ ) the pocket along the S.L ½  and re enforce ½  the mouth .

– Trim ½ the corners ( ½ ) of the pocket  ½ .

– Press ( ½ ) the pocket flat ½ .

(any  18 x ½  = 9 marks )

           

23 a ) Advantages of stewing as a method of cooking.

-Economical method of providing a meat dish from a cheap cut of meat through slow

prolonged cooking

-The gravy (liquid part) of the food is served with the food therefore the nutrients which are in the gravy are not lost

-Does not require close attention during cooking except for occasional stirring therefore other tasks can be performed while the stew is cooking

-With the long slow cooking, natural flavour of food are developed which make the food more enjoyable

-It does not require special cooking facilities therefore can be carried out successfully even on three stones

-The water soluble nutrients are conserved because the evaporation is minimized through the use of a pan with a lid

-Consumes little fuel therefore economical on fuel

-Prolonged slow cooking tenderizes tough foods       (Any 4 pointsx2= 8 marks)

 

 

b ) Different symbols likely to be found on care labels of a woolen garment.

 

 

c ) Description of how to prepare a front and back facing using one well labeled diagram.

– Place the two ½ facings R.S ½ facing matching½ the fitting line.

– Pin ½ and tack ½ along the fitting line ½

– Remove pins ½ and machine ½ stitch

– Remove tacking ½  and press ½ seam open  ½

– Neaten  ½ the free edge ½ .

(Description any  10 points x ½  = 5 marks and diagram 1 mark = 6 marks)

 

 

 

24 a) Reasons why hospitals would not use silk fabric for their bed sheets.

  • Easily damaged by high temperatures, hospital bed sheets must be frequently sterilized.
  • Easily damaged by alkalis and acids – hospital bed sheets are usually stained with medicines and other stains hence require strong fabrics.
  • Weakened by long exposure to sunlight – hospital linens are exposed to the sunlight

for further sterilization.

  • Silk is weak when wet-hospital linen require frequent washing which silk cannot stand ( any 4 x 2 = 8 marks)

 

b ) Precautions  to  observe when using a micro – wave oven.

            (i)        Do not overload

(ii)       Do not use metal object to warm food

(iii)      Follow manufactures instructions

(iv)      Do not start micro – wave without food inside.

(v)       Switch off when not in use.

(vi)Don’t let it get too dirty

(vii)Don’t keep the microwave near heating appliance      (any 6 x 1 = 6 marks)

 

  1. C) Good qualities of a kitchen plan.
  • Working surfaces should be of comfortable height to avoid straining.
  • Has sufficient working space for easy movement.
  • Working surfaces should be close to each other to avoid too much movement.
  • Should be well ventilated and to avoid fatigue.
  • Should be well lit to avoid fatigue
  • Work centers should allow work to flow from one surface to another to avoid retracing steps. (any 6 x 1 = 6 marks )

441/2   

(CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION)

PAPER 2

 MARKING SCHEME

 

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.) TRAIL

 

  PROCESS MAX

 SCORE

SCORE REMARKS
1

a

 

b

 

 

c

 

 

d

PRESENTATION

–        Work well pressed (1) and folded (1/2)

–        Label (1) well fixed (1/2) on a single layer of fabric (1/2) without concealing details (1/2)

–        Pins (1/2) needles (1/2) unnecessary tacking (1/2) and hanging threads (1/2) removed.

–        Made for the left half (1)

 

11/2

 

21/2

 

2

1

   
  Sub – Total 7    
2

a

 

b

 

 

c

 

 

d

CUTTING OUT

–        All the 5 pieces cut out (21/2)

–        Smooth cutting of the skirt CF (2) and short front cut on grain (2)

–        Smooth cutting of the skirt CB (2) and short back cut on grain (2)

–        Smooth cutting of waistband CB (1) and on grain (2)

 

21/2

 

4

 

4

3

   
  Sub – Total 131/2    
3

 

a

 

 

 

b

c

 

 

 

d

 

e

MAKING OF THE BACK DART

–        Dart made by straight stitchery (1) tapering (1/2) to a point (1/2) on the fold line

–        Dart secured at the end (1/2)

–        Correct length of the dart 6cm to within 2mm (5.8cm – 6.2cm) (1) and correct width of dart 0.8cm to within 2mm (0.6cm – 1.00cm) (1)

–        Dart flat on WS (1) and RS (1)

–        Dart pressed towards CB (1)

 

 

2

1/2

 

 

2

2

1

   
  Sub – Total 7 (1/2)    
5

a

 

b

 

c

d

e

 

 

 

f

g

PLACING OF THE  MOTIF ON THE SHORT

–        Motif correctly positioned on the pocket (1).

–        Raw edges fully enclosed (2)

–        Good stitchery on  the edge (2)

–        Lies flat (1) and neatly finished (1)

–        Use of satin stitch (2) if not satin stitches award zero.

–        Neat (1) even (2) stitches correct spacing (2)

–        Correctly secure stitches (1).

 

1

2

2

2

2

 

5

1

   
    14    
6

 

 

 

 

a

 

b

 

c

 

 

d

 

e

 

 

f

WORKING OF THE SIDE SEAM USING AN OPEN SEAM

(Award zero if not open seam)

–        Seam joined with straight stitchery (2)

–        Seam neatened (1) well with straight stitchery (2)

–        Correct size of the seam 1cm to within 2mm (0.8cm – 1.2cm) (1)

–        Evenness of the seam (1)

–        Seam open (1) and flat at the waistband (1) and hem (1)

–        Seam flat on RS (1) and WS (1)

 

 

 

2

 

3

 

1

1

 

3

2

   
  Sub – Total 12    
7

 

 

 

 

a

b

 

 

c

 

 

d

e

 

f

MAKING INNER LEG SEAM USING FRENCH SEAM

–        (Award zero if not French seam)

–        First row made with straight stitchery (1)

–        Second row made with straight stitchery (2) and raw edges concealed (2)

–        Correct size of the seam 6mm to within 2mm (4mm – 8mm) (1)

–        Evenness of the seam (2)

–        Seam well knife edged (2)

–        Seam  pressed (1/2) and turned to the back  (1) of the garment

 

 

 

1

 

3

 

1

2

2

2

   
  Sub – Total 10 1/2    
8

 

 

a

 

b

 

c

 

 

d

 

 

 

 

e

f

PREPARATION AND ATTACHING OF THE WAISTBAND

–        Waistband joined with straight stitchery (1)

–        Seam trimmed (1) knife edged (2) and waistband pointed at the corner (1)

–        Waistband joined with straight stitchery (1) seam trimmed (1)

–        The underside well tucked under (1) and hemmed (1) with stitches not showing on the RS (1)

–        Flatness of the waistband RS (1) WS (1)

–        Correct size of the waistband 3.5cm to within 5mm (3cm – 4cm) (2)

 

 

1

 

4

 

2

 

 

3

2

 

2

   
  Sub – Total 14    
9

a

b

 

 

 

c

d

 

e

FIXING A BUTTON

–        Neat stitches used to fix the button (1)

–        Stitches finished on the wrong side with button hole stitches (1)

– Button fixed on double fabric (1/2)

– Shank  present (1) , good quality (1)

– Stitches neatly fastened off (1)

 

1

 

1

1/2

2

1

   
  Sub – Total 5 ½    
10

 

 

 

 

a

b

 

c

d

e

 

f

g

MANAGING HALF OF THE LOWER HEM WITH SLIP HEMMING

–        (Award zero if not slip hemming from (a – d)

–        Uniformity of stitches in length (1)

–        Correct tension (1)

–        Stitches not visible on RS (1)

–        Stitches secured at both ends (1)

–        Flatness of the hem (1/2)

–        Evenness of the hem (1/2)

–        Correct size of the hem 3cm to within 5mm (2.5cm – 3.5cm) (1)

 

 

 

1

1

1

1

1/2

1/2

 

1

   
  Sub – Total 6    
  Total 90    
  To get final score divide by 2 (90 ÷ 2)      

 

 

 

MOCKS 1 2023

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.) TRAIL

Candidate’s name …………………………………………………………..…Index No…………………

Examiner’s name…………………………………………………………………      Date……………..

  PLAN MAX SCORE SCORE REMARKS
1 RECIPE

–        Availability

–        Correct quantities

–        Suitability

Order of work

–        Availability

–        Correct sequencing

List of foodstuffs and equipment

–        Availability

–        Adequacy

–        Appropriateness

1

1

1

½

½

 

½

½

½

   
    5 ½    
2 PREPARATION

Correct procedure

–        Snack 1

–        Snack 2

–        Beverage

Methods of cooking  (at least 2)

Quality of results

–        Snack 1

–        Snack 2

–        Drink

 

 

1

1

1

2

 

1

1

1

   
    8    
3 PRESENTATION

–        Utensils

–        -Appropriate

–        -Clean

–        -Centre piece

–        -Decorations /garnishing

–        -Method of service (Tray service)

–        -General impression

 

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

   
    7    
4 GENERALLY

Hygiene

–        Personal ( ½ ) food ( ½ )

Economy of resources

– Water ( ½ ) food (½) fuel ( ½)

Material

Cleaning up

–        During work

–        After work

 

 

1

 

1 ½

 

 

1

1

   
     4 ½    
   

Total

 

25

 

   

 

 

Free CRE Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4

Free CRE Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4

CRE NOTES FOR FORM ONE TO FOUR BOOKLET

FORM ONE NOTES INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION THE IMPORTANCE OF LEARNING CRE Definition of Christian Religious Education (CRE) Christian Religious Education is the study…

CRE NOTES CLASS 4 COMPLETE CBC FREE

CRE NOTES CLASS 4 COMPLETE JESUS AND CREATION THE EFFECTS OF WEATHER AND WATER Genesis 7:11-24, numbers 20:2-6, psalms 104:10-14. 1. Weather is the day to day change in…

CRE NOTES FORM ONE LATEST

SECTION ONE INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION  CHAPTER ONE GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (CRE) SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES By the end of this topic, the learner should be able…

CRE NOTES GRADE THREE- NEW CBC

CRE NOTES GRADE THREE CARE FOR THE PLANTS God created the and everything in it He created the dry land and called it                           The…

CRE NOTES FORM ONE

Here are Christian Religious Education, CRE, notes form form one to four; INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION CHAPTER ONE   GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (CRE)   SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES By…

CRE Notes and Exams for Form one to Four; Free Downloads

Download free CRE notes and exam papers for Forms one, two, three and four. These and other materials on this site are absolutely free…

CRE NOTES FOR FORM ONE TO FOUR

Christian Religious Education, CRE, notes for form one, two, three and four; all secondary school topics have been covered; FORM ONE INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION…

CRE NOTES CLASS 7 FREE

CRE NOTES UNIT 1 GOD GIVEN TALENTS/ ABILITIES AND THEIR USES 1. MEANING OF TALENTS (pg 1,2,3- pre CRE 6 and quick reading pg 1) Talents i. They are…

All CRE notes, Exams free downloads (Updated)

All CRE notes and Exams free downloads CRE F1 NOTES.docx CRE F2 notes.docx CRE F3 NOTES.docx CRE F4 notes.docx CRE NOTES FORM 1-4 BOOKLET.docx CRE NOTES FORM…

CRE GRADE 1 CBC NOTES FREE

MYSELF My name (1samuel3:10) 1. God knows me by ___________(name, head) 2. I am a _______________(boy, girl) 3. I am ____________ years old 4. God ___________me(loves, hate) 5. God called…

Free Christian Religious Education (CRE) notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes,…

Christian Religious Education, CRE, is a subject that is examined by the Kenya National Examinations Council (Knec). It is an elective/ optional subject at…

CRE Free Notes Form 1 to 4 – Latest

CRE Free Notes Form 1 to 4 – Latest C.R.E P1 – MS.docx C.R.E P2 – MS.docx C.R.E PP1.pdf C.R.E PP2.pdf CRE F1 MS.docx CRE F1 NOTEES.docx CRE…

CRE FORM 4 NOTES (NEW SYLLABUS)

UNIT 1:                      WORK. Why do you think a man should work? A man works because it is a command from God to all men. …

CRE FORM 2 WORK (SIMPLIFIED NOTES)

CHAPTER ONE  THE OLD TESTAMENT PROPHECIES ABOUT THE COMING OF THE MESSIAH  SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:- Explain…

CRE FORM 3 WORK (SIMPLIFIED NOTES)

FORM THREE SELECTED TEACHINGS FROM THE NEW AND THE OLD TESTAMENTS TOPIC ONE: GIFTS OF THE HOLY SPIRIT Learning Outcomes. By the end of this topic, you…

CRE TEACHER’S NOTES FREE

FORM ONE   INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION   THE IMPORTANCE OF LEARNING CRE Definition of Christian Religious Education (CRE) Christian Religious Education is the study of…

Latest CRE Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest CRE Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free CRE SCHEMES OF WORK FOR FORM 3 UPDATED Teachers’ Resources Media…

CRE FORM ONE NOTES FREE

CRE FORM ONE NOTES  INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION  THE IMPORTANCE OF LEARNING CRE Definition of Christian Religious Education (CRE) Christian Religious Education is the…

CRE Simplified Notes Form 1 to 4 Free

FREE CRE NOTES FOR FORM ONE TO FOUR. Download more notes and other teachers’ resources here; Teachers’ Free Resources Portal. CRE LATEST NOTES FOR FORM 1 CRE…

CRE FORM ONE NOTES, REVISION QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

FORM ONE NOTES INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION THE IMPORTANCE OF LEARNING CRE Definition of Christian Religious Education (CRE) Christian Religious Education is the study…

CRE Form 1-4 Notes and Exams (Free downloads)

Here are free CRE notes and exams for form one, two, three and four. You can now download all these PDF and Word format…

CRE GRADE 1 NOTES- NEW CBC PDF

MYSELF My name (1samuel3:10) 1. God knows me by ___________(name, head) 2. I am a _______________(boy, girl) 3. I am ____________ years old 4. God ___________me(loves, hate) 5. God called…

Free Christian Religious Education (CRE) notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes,…

Christian Religious Education, CRE, is a subject that is examined by the Kenya National Examinations Council (Knec). It is an elective/ optional subject at…

CRE FORM 1 EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

NAME: ……………………        Adm. No. ………………..…. STREAM:: ……………………       Candidate’s signature: …………….….…… U.P.I NO: ……………………                 Date:…

CRE Free KCSE Revision Exams plus Marking Schemes

CRE Free KCSE Revision Exams plus Marking Schemes 2. CRE PAPER 2 REVISION BOOKLET-1-1.doc 2020KCSE PREDICTION CRE PP1.pdf 2020KCSE PREDICTION CRE PP2.pdf BRILLIANT CRE PP1…

2023 CRE Knec Examiners latest News; Full details

How it went down at St. Francis Mangu Marking Centre: ~Monday: Examiners down their tools over poor pay and working conditions. They demanded that chief…

CRE FORM 3 END TERM EXAMS PLUS ANSWERS

ULTIMATE ACHIEVERS ACADEMY Name___________________________________________________AdmNo:__________ Date__________________________________________Sign______________ END OF TERM  EXAMINATION  FORM THREE CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION TIME 2 ½ HRS Instructions to candidates: This paper consists 6 questions Answer any 5…

Latest CRE Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision…

Latest CRE Form one to four notes, exams, schemes of work lesson plans, revision materials free CRE SCHEMES OF WORK FOR FORM 3 UPDATED Teachers’ Resources Media…

CRE Notes and Exams for Form one to Four; Free Downloads

Download free CRE notes and exam papers for Forms one, two, three and four. These and other materials on this site are absolutely free…

CRE FORM 2 EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

NAME: ……………………………        Adm. No. ………………..…. STREAM:: ……………                 Candidate’s signature: …………….….…… U.P.I NO: ………………………       Date:…

FORM 2 CRE OPENER EXAM PLUS MARKING SCHEME

 CRE FORM 2  OPENER EXAM TIME 2HRS NAME………………………………………………CLASS……………..ADM………………… Name the five books of the bible which are referred to as the Pentateuch.(5mks)               State five promises that…

CRE Form 1-4 Notes and Exams (Free downloads)

Here are free CRE notes and exams for form one, two, three and four. You can now download all these PDF and Word format…

Latest CRE Form 3 Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Latest CRE Form 3 Exams and Marking Schemes Free Set 1 CRE P2 QS.docx ~$E P1QS.docx CRE P1QS.docx CRE P2 MRK.docx CRE P1 MRK.docx Set 2

All CRE notes, Exams free downloads (Updated)

All CRE notes and Exams free downloads CRE F1 NOTES.docx CRE F2 notes.docx CRE F3 NOTES.docx CRE F4 notes.docx CRE NOTES FORM 1-4 BOOKLET.docx CRE NOTES FORM…

Number Of Candidates Registered For 2021 KCSE, KCPE Exams Increases As Registration Deadline is…

The number of candidates registered for the national examinations has recorded an increase with a total of 1,218,892 candidates in 28,248 centres and 824,392…

Free Geography Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4

Free Geography Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4 SCHEMES OF WORK FORM FOUR GEOGRAPHY TERM 1-3 Teachers’ Resources Media Team @Educationnewshub.co.ke  SCHEME OF…

FORM FOUR MOKASA HISTORY EXAMINATIONS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES

311/1 HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT PAPER 1 TIME: 2½ hours FORM FOUR MOKASA 2 EXAMINATION WITH MARKING SCHEME Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education HISTORY AND GOVERNMENT Paper 1 Section A (25 marks) …

Agriculture Grade 7 CBC Free Schemes of Work

GRADE 7 SPARK AGRICULTURE SCHEMES OF WORK TERM

GRADE LEARNING AREA TERM YEAR
7 AGRICULTURE THREE 2023

 

Week LSN strand Sub-strand Specific Learning Outcomes Key Inquiry Question(s) Learning Experiences Learning Resources Assessment Methods Refl
1 1 AGRICULTURE AND TECHNOLOGY Importance of off-season cropping By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) discuss meaning of off-season cropping as a farming technique,

b) explain the importance of off-season cropping in Agriculture,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• discuss the importance of off-season cropping and in a plenary share derived points such as continuous supply of food, regular income and high market value.

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 72-73

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.52

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Importance of off-season cropping By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) discuss meaning of off-season cropping as a farming technique,

b) explain the importance of off-season cropping in Agriculture,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• discuss the importance of off-season cropping and in a plenary share derived points such as continuous supply of food, regular income and high market value.

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 72-73

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.52

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Technologies that support off-season cropping – drip irrigation By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) state the importance of off-season cropping in Agriculture,

b) choose appropriate technology to support off-season cropping,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• search for information on applicable

technologies for off-season cropping such

as innovative drip irrigation and container gardening.

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 74-75

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.52-53

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 1 Container gardening By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) state the importance of off-season cropping in Agriculture,

b) choose appropriate technology to support off-season cropping,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• search for information on applicable

technologies for off-season cropping such

as innovative drip irrigation and container gardening.

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 74-75

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.52-53

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Techniques used in off-season cropping – succession planting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) state the technology used to support off-season cropping,

b) describe appropriate

techniques used in offseason cropping,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• discuss the off-season crop production techniques such as succession planting.

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 76-78

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.53-54

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Staggered planting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) state the technology used to support off-season cropping,

b) describe appropriate

techniques used in offseason cropping,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• discuss the off-season crop production techniques such as staggered planting

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 76-78

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.53-54

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 1 Timed planting By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) state the technology used to support off-season cropping,

b) describe appropriate

techniques used in offseason cropping,

c) Develop curiosity in off season cropping techniques

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• discuss the off-season crop production techniques such as timed planting

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 76-78

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.53-54

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Importance of off-season cropping technique and technologies By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) define the term offseason

b) state the techniques used in offseason cropping,

c) appreciate the importance of offseason cropping techniques and technologies for food

security.

How can we ensure a continuous supply of vegetables in farming?

 

Why should we practice off-season cropping in farming?

Learner is guided to:

• discuss the importance of off-season crop

production techniques and technologies.

Video clips

Organic manure

Gardening tools

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 78-79

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.54-55

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Framed Suspended Gardens

 

Off season crops suitable for container gardens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) identify off-season crops suitable for suspended gardening,

b) observe pictures of various container gardens

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to:

• identify suitable crops that meet the following criteria:

– Can be established on a suspended garden on framed structures sited in small spaces such as along the drive way, pathways or any other place in the school that receives regular visitors.

– Can enhance beauty.

– Can grow within a short period of time (not a perennial crop).

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 80-81

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.56-58

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

4 1 Selecting a site By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) identify off-season crops suitable for suspended gardening,

b) select suitable site for framed structure suspended garden,

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

Learners are guided to

• identify suitable site in the school compound to prepare framed

structures for suspended gardens.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 81-82

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.58

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Designing a framed structure for suspended garden By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) identify locally available materials for making container gardens,

b) design framed structure for

suspended gardens,

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to

• source for materials (locally available

materials such as wires, wooden planks, metal bars and poles) to

construct framed suspended garden.

• design and sketch plans for framed

suspended gardens.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 82

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.58

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Constructing framed structures for suspended gardens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) design framed structure for

suspended gardens,

b) construct framed structures for suspended gardens,

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to

• assign themselves tasks towards construction of the framed structures,

establishment and management of selected off-season crops on the

suspended garden.

• carry out assigned tasks to construct the framed structures and establish selected off-season crops.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 83-85

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.59

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

5 1 Constructing framed structures for suspended gardens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) design framed structure for

suspended gardens,

b) construct framed structures for suspended gardens,

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to

• assign themselves tasks towards construction of the framed structures,

establishment and management of selected off-season crops on the

suspended garden.

• carry out assigned tasks to construct the framed structures and establish selected off-season crops.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 83-85

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.59

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Constructing framed structures for suspended gardens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) design framed structure for

suspended gardens,

b) construct framed structures for suspended gardens,

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to

• assign themselves tasks towards construction of the framed structures,

establishment and management of selected off-season crops on the

suspended garden.

• carry out assigned tasks to construct the framed structures and establish selected off-season crops.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 83-85

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.59

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Constructing framed structures for suspended gardens By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) design framed structure for

suspended gardens,

b) construct framed structures for suspended gardens,

c) appreciate the importance of container gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to

• assign themselves tasks towards construction of the framed structures,

establishment and management of selected off-season crops on the

suspended garden.

• carry out assigned tasks to construct the framed structures and establish selected off-season crops.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 83-85

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.59

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

6 1 Establishing and managing off-season crops By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) Observe pictures of framed structures for suspended gardens,

b) establish and manage selected off-season crop on suspended gardens,

c) create educative messages on the framed suspended gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

 

Learners are guided to

• carry out relevant tasks to manage the off-season crop.

• create educative messages on the framed suspended gardens to pass to the school community.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 85-88

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.59-61

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Establishing and managing off-season crops By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) Observe pictures of framed structures for suspended gardens,

b) establish and manage selected off-season crop on suspended gardens,

c) create educative messages on the framed suspended gardens

How can we innovatively grow crops in limited space?

 

How can we prepare a framed suspended garden?

Learners are guided to

• carry out relevant tasks to manage the off-season crop.

• create educative messages on the framed suspended gardens to pass to the school community.

Locally available materials e.g. strings, wire, wood.

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 85-88

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.59-61

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Value addition techniques Meaning By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) explain the meaning of

value addition in crop produce,

b) Observe pictures of crops that have been added value

c) Develop curiosity in adding value to crop produce

Why do we add value to crop produce?

 

How can we add value to crop produce?

 

Learner is guided to:

•use digital devices to search and share

information on meaning and examples of value addition in crop produce.

 

Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 89

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.61-63

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

7 1 Ways of adding value to crop produce By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) state the meaning of

value addition in crop produce,

b) examine ways of adding value on crop produce,

c) Develop curiosity in adding value to crop produce

Why do we add value to crop produce?

 

How can we add value to crop produce?

 

Learner is guided to:

•discuss ways of adding value to crop produce such as potatoes, mangoes, vegetables, cassava, groundnuts, simsim, sweet potatoes and pumpkins.

Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 90

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.63

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Processing crop produce to add value (drying and roasting) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) List ways of adding value on crop produce,

b) process a selected crop produce to add value,

c) Develop curiosity in adding value to crop produce

Why do we add value to crop produce?

 

How can we add value to crop produce?

 

Learner is guided to:

•process a provided sample of crop produce such as potatoes, mangoes, vegetables, cassava, groundnuts,

simsim, sweet potatoes and pumpkins to add value using appropriate methods like drying and frying.

•compare the processed crop produce with raw crop produce in terms of

monetary value and storage life.

Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 90-92

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.63

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Processing crop produce to add value (packaging and extracting) By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) List ways of adding value on crop produce,

b) process a selected crop produce to add value,

c) Develop curiosity in adding value to crop produce

Learner is guided to:

•process a provided sample of crop produce such as potatoes, mangoes, vegetables, cassava, groundnuts,

simsim, sweet potatoes and pumpkins to add value using appropriate methods like drying and frying.

•compare the processed crop produce with raw crop produce in terms of

monetary value and storage life.

Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 90-92

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.63

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

8 1 Practical: adding value to crop produce By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) List ways of adding value on crop produce,

b) Practically process a selected crop produce to add value,

c) Develop curiosity in adding value to crop produce

Why do we add value to crop produce?

 

How can we add value to crop produce?

 

Practical activity: Learners to select a crop produce of their choice and process the produce for value addition using applicable technique. Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 92-94

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.63

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

2 Practical: adding value to crop produce By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) List ways of adding value on crop produce,

b) Practically process a selected crop produce to add value,

c) Develop curiosity in adding value to crop produce

Practical activity: Learners to select a crop produce of their choice and process the produce for value addition using applicable technique. Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 92-94

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.63

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

3 Importance of value addition on crop produce By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

a) List ways of adding value on crop produce,

b) compare processed crop produce with raw produce,

c) appreciate the importance of value addition on crop produce.

Why do we add value to crop produce?

 

How can we add value to crop produce?

Learner is guided to:

 

Crop produce

Utensils

Spark Agric. Grd 7 Pb. -Pg. 95-96

 

Spark Agric. Grd 7 TG. Pg.64-65

Discussions

Demonstrations

Field visits

Projects

Written assessments

Oral assessment

Observation

9 END TERM ASSESSMENT/CLOSING

 

GRADE 9 KISWAHILI LESSON NOTES

GRADE 9 KISWAHILI LESSON NOTES

SEKONDARI AWALI

KISWAHILI

GREDI YA 9

2025

1.   USAFIWAMAZINGIRA

1.1.     Mjadala

  • Mjadalanimazungumzokatiyawatuwawiliauzaidiyakubadilishanamawazokuhususuala
  • Katikamjadala,washirikihutoahoja,maoni,naushahidiilikuelezamtazamowaokuhususuala
  • Lengolamjadalanikujengaufahamu,kubadilishanamawazo,nakutafutaufumbuziaumsimamo wa pamoja kuhusu suala linalojadiliwa.
  • Kwasababuhii, mjadala huwa na upande wa kuunga na wa kupinga.
  • Washirikikatikamjadalahuchukuanafasimbili:yamsikilizajina
  • Wakatiwakusikilizanakuchangiamjadala,vipengelemuhimuvyakuzingatia ni:
    • Kuitajabayanamadaya
    • Kutambuakiinichamjadalanakujikitakwenyekiinihichokuanziamwanzohadi
    • Kuzungumzakwa
    • Kusikilizakwamakiniilikuelewavyemahojazawenzakonakutoamaoniyanayosaidia
    • Kuwatayarikuchangiamjadalakwa
    • Kutumiahojazenyeushahidiilikuzijengeamsingiwa
    • Kutumialughayaheshimahasaunapopingabilakuwadhalilisha
    • Kuthaminimaoniyawenginehatakamanitofautina
    • Kuwatayarikusikilizahojazakozikikosolewanakuwatayarikuzijengaupyakwamsingiwa maoni ya wengine.
    • Kuwanaushirikianomwemanawenzakoilikujenga
    • Kuchangiamawazomapyaaumtazamompyakwenye
  • Vipengelehivihusaidiakuwanamjadalawenyetijanakujengamawasilianomazurina

 

Mfanowamjadala:MatumiziyaTeknolojiakatikaElimu

Petero       :    Nashukurukwakunipanafasihii.Teknolojiainamchangomkubwakatikakuboresha elimu, hasa katika enzi hii ya dijitali. Kwanza, teknolojia inawezesha wanafunzi kupata taarifakwaurahisizaidi. Kwamfano,kwakutumiamtandao,wanafunziwanawezakupata vitabu,makala,narasilimalinyinginekwaurahisibilakujalimahaliwalipo.Pia,matumizi ya vifaa vya elektroniki kama kompyuta na vidonge husaidia wanafunzi kujifunza kwa njia ya picha, video, na maandiko, jambo ambalo linawaongezea ufanisi wa kujifunza.

Pili,teknolojiainasaidiawalimukatikakufundishakwanjiaborazaidi.Kwamfano, walimu wanaweza kutumia programu maalum za kujifunzia na zana za mtandao kutoa mafunzo kwa njia ya muktadha au video. Hii inawasaidia wanafunzi kuelewa masomo kwa njia ya kuvutia zaidi. Hivyo, matumizi ya teknolojia katika elimu ni muhimu sana kwa maendeleo ya kisasa.

Amanda:Nashukuru. Ingawa ni kweli kwamba teknolojia ina faida nyingi, lakini hatufai kupuuza baadhi ya changamoto zinazohusiana nayo. Kwanza, si kila mwanafunzi anayeweza kufikiateknolojia.Katikamaeneoyavijijininafamiliamaskini,upatikanajiwavifaa vya

 

 

teknolojiakamakompyutanaintanetinichangamotokubwa.Hiiinawafanyawanafunzi wa maeneo hayo kushindwa kupata fursa sawa na wenzao wa mijini.

Pili,matumiziyateknolojiayanapoongezeka,kunahatariyakupotezamawasilianoyaana kwa ana kati ya wanafunzi na walimu. Elimu ya kimwili na mwingiliano wa kijamii ni muhimukwaukuajiwakijamiinakimaadiliwawanafunzi.Ikiwawanafunziwanategemea zaidi teknolojia, huenda wakapoteza ufahamu wa uhusiano wa kibinadamu na maadili ya msingi.

Petero       :    Nashukuru kwa maoni yako. Hata hivyo, napenda kusema kuwa, hata kama upatikanaji wa teknolojia ni changamoto katika baadhi ya maeneo, serikali na mashirika yasiyokuwa yakiserikaliyanafanyajuhudizakutoavifaavyateknolojiakwashulenawanafunzi wasiojiweza.Aidha,kunamikakatiyakuongezaupatikanajiwaintanetikatikamaeneoya vijijini.

Pia, elimu ya mtandaoni na matumizi ya teknolojia hayapaswi kuondoa mawasiliano ya anakwaana.Badalayake,yanawezakuwanyongeza.Teknolojiainapotumikakwa usahihi,inawezakumwezeshamwanafunzikufikiamasomoyaziadanakuongezamaarifa yake bila kupoteza umuhimu wa mawasiliano ya kijamii.

Amanda    :    Nikweli,juhudizakuongezaupatikanajiwateknolojiazinahitajika,lakinibadokuna tofauti kubwa kati ya miji na vijijini. Hii inahitaji juhudi kubwa zaidi. Aidha, napenda kuongezakuwa,teknolojiainawezakuletautegemezimkubwakwawanafunzi.Wanafunzi wanaweza kuwa wanatumia teknolojia kutafuta majibu badala ya kufikiri kwa kina na kutatuamatatizokwanjiayaubunifu.Hiiinawezakupunguzauwezowaowakujitegemea.

 

 

 

1.2.     Viakifishi:Alamayakoloninasemikoloni

a)      Alamayakoloni(:)

Alamayakoloni hutumiwa:

  1. Kutangulizamanenokwenyeorodha,kwamfano:Ilikudumishausafiwamazingira,utahitaji kuwa na vifaa hivi: ufagio, reki, pipa la taka na ndoo ya kupigia deki.
  2. Kutengajinalamsemajinamanenoyakehalisikatikamazungumzoautamthilia,kwamfano: Timona: Mioshi kutoka viwandani huchafua mazingira.
  3. Kutengasaanadakika,kwamfano:ShughuliyakusafishamtaawetuitafanyikaJumamosi kuanzia saa 8:00 asubuhi.
  4. Kuonyeshasehemuyapiliyasentensiinayofuatawazokatikasehemuyakwanza,kwamfano: Utunzaji wa mazingira ndio chanzo cha uhai: tukiupuuza, tutajiangamiza.
  5. Kutengasuranamistarikatikamaandishikamayakitaalumaau

 

b)      Alamayasemikoloni(;)

Alamayasemikolonihutumikakamaifuatavyo:

  1. Kutenganisha orodha ya maneno au vifungu, ambapo orodha imetenganishwa na koma, kwa mfano:Ukiendamjiniutanunuamaembe,mboga,naviazisokoni;unga,sukari,nasabunikatika duka la jumla; na nyama katika bucha.

 

 

  1. Kuunganishamawazoyanayohusianabilakutumiakiunganishi,kwamfano:Vyoohivyovya umma ni safi; wafanyakazi wanavisafisha kila mara. Sisi tulinunua mapipa ya kutupia taka; hatukuwa na pesa za kununua mashine za kusagia karatasi.
  2. Kutengamaelezokwenyeorodhandefuyamaelezoausentensindefu,kwamfano:Kunanjia nyingizakutumiatakavyema;kuzikusanya,kuzitenga,nakuzitiakwenyemapipamaalumu tofautitofauti; kuzitumia upya, na kuzisaga kwa mashine maalum.

 

1.3.     Vihusishivyamahalinavyawakati

a)      Vihusishivyamahali

  • Vihusishinimanenoambayohutumiwakuelezeauhusianokatiyamanenokatika
  • Vihusishivyamahalihuonyeshauhusianowakimahalikatiyanominonamanenomenginekatika
  • Kwamfano:
    • Mtiukokatikatiya
    • Ndegewametua juuyamitiiliyopandwana
  • Mifanomingineyavihusishivyamahalini:
    • chiniya
    • juu ya
    • kandoya
    • kati ya
    • kwenye
    • mbeleya
    • ndani ya

 

b)      Vihusishivyawakati

  • Vihusishivyawakatihutumiwakuonyeshauhusianowamudakatiyavitenzinamanenomengine katika sentensi.
  • Kwamfano:
    • Tuliondokakablayamvua
    • Kitabukilikuwachangu tangu
  • Mifanoyavihusishivinginevyawakatinikamavile
    • tangu
    • hadi
    • baadaya
    • kisha

 

2.   MAZOEZIYAVIUNGOVYAMWILI

2.1.    Sautiya/b/na /mb/

  • KatikaKiswahili,/b/na/mb/nisautimbilizinazotofautianakwanamnayakutamkwana
  1. /b/:

oSautihiiniyakirai,inayotamkwakwakuwekamidomopamojanakuvutahewakutoka kwenye mapafu kwa njia rahisi.

  • Kwamfano:
    • baba
    • bana
    • bao
    • barakoa
    • basi
    • beba
    • begi
    • bibo
    • bubu
    • taabu
  • Sautihiiniyapekeebilakuwanasautiyeyoteinayotokeakwenye

b)      /mb/:

  • Hiinisautiyakiraiinayofuatananasautiya/m/,ambapomidomoinakuwapamojanahewa kutoka kwenye pua.
  • Hiininazalikwasababuhewahutokakupitia
  • Kwamfano:
    • embe
    • mbao
    • mbavu
    • mbegu
    • mbichi
    • mbili
    • mbizi
    • mboga
    • mbuga
    • mbuzi
    • Katika/mb/,kunamtindowakutamkakwakutumiapua,ambaposautiya/m/huunganishwanasauti ya /b/, wakati /b/ pekee haitoi dalili yoyote ya pua.

 

 

2.2.    Matiniyakujichagulia

  • Matinihiiinawezakutoka kwenye kitabu, gazeti au jarida.
  • Unapochaguamatini,unapaswakuzingatiamambokamavile:

 

 

  1. Nivyemakuchaguamatiniambayounapendaauinayohususualaambalo linakuvutia.
  2. Unafaakujichaguliamatiniinayolingananakiwangochako.Isiwengumusana kuelewa wala isiwe ya kiwango cha chini sana.
  3. Chaguamatiniinayokufunzamienendomiemanamaarifamapya. Usichague matini inayokupotosha kimaadili.
    • Unaposomamatiniyakujichagulia,zingatiayafuatayo:
  4. Chaguapahalipatulivupa
  5. Tambuavipengelemuhimuvyamatinihiyo,kamavilejalada,anwani,mwandishi,madaausuala linalozungumziwa,ukubwawamatinikwakurejeleakurasa,kiwangochake,namaelezokwenye jalada upande wa nyuma.
  6. Isomematinikijuujuuilikupatamwelekeowakijumlakuhusumatini
  7. Somatenakwa
  8. Ukikumbananamanenomageniauyasiyoeleweka,jaribukukisiamaanayakekwakuisomatena sentensi ambapo neno hilo limetumika.
  9. Nukuumanenoyotemapyaaumageni
  10. Tumiakamusikuhakikishamaanasahihiyamaneno
  11. Andikavidokezovyaujumbemuhimukatikamatini

 

2.3.    Baruayakirafiki

  • Baruayakujibubaruayakirafikihuandikwailikutoamajibukwabaruaambayorafikiaujamaa alikuwa ameituma.
  • Nivyemakujibubaruayakirafikiuliyoandikiwailikuendelezamawasiliano,kujengamahusiano bora, kuonyesha shukrani, kueleza hisia na maoni yako, au kutoa habari mpya.
  • Ujumbekatikabaruayakujibubaruayakirafikihulingananaujumbekwenyebaruayakirafiki
  • Ujumbehuohutegemeamasualayaliyozungumziwakwenyebaruayakirafikiambayo
  • Nidesturinjemakujibubaruayakirafikibilakukawia
  • Msamiatiunaoteuliwahudhihirisha uhusiano wa kirafiki uliopo kati ya anayejibu na aliyeandika majibu.
  • Kamabaruanyingine,baruayakujibubaruayakirafikihufuatamuundowabaruayakirafikiya
  • Baruayakirafikihuwana:
  1. Anwaniya anayeandika
  2. Tarehe
  3. Mtajo,kwamfano: Kwarafiki mpendwa
  4. Utangulizi:Baruayakujibubaruayakirafikihuanzakwasalamunakumjuliahaliunayemjibu
  5. Mwili:Majibuhutolewakatikasehemuhii.Nivyemakuandikasehemuhiikatikaaya,kilaaya ikiwa na hoja yake.
  6. Hitimisho:Baruayakujibubaruayakirafikihuhitimishwakamabaruayakirafikikwakutaja uhusiano wa mwandishi na anayeandikiwa. Jina la mwandishi huja chini yake.
    • Kumbuka:Sahihihaiwekwikatikabaruayakujibubaruaya

 

 

 

MpendwaKarambu,

BentaHaruni,

S.L.P.4872-00100,

Maganjoni. 13/08/2025

Pokea salamu za heri njema kutoka kwangu. Ni matumaini yangu kwamba u buheri wa afya. NimefurahikusikiakuwaunaendeleavyemanakuwamasomoyaGrediyaTisayanakupelekavyema huko Buruburu.

Lengolangulakukuandikiabaruahiinikukushukurunakukuarifukuwanilipokeabarua uliyoniandikia.

Kwanzakabisa,shukranizadhatizinafaakutokakwangu,maanamimindiyeniliyefaidikazaidi na mwaliko wako. Maelekezo uliyotupatia ya baadhi ya mazoezi ya mwili tunayoweza kufanya mara kwamaranyumbaninashuleniyamenifaasana.Ninakupamkonowatahaniakwamakalayakoambayo bila shaka uliyafanyia utafiti wa kutosha. Hakika, ulitufunza mengi.

Kuhusu swali uliloniuliza kuhusu maoni ya wenzangu tuliohudhuria nao hafla hiyo, yaonekana simimituniliyefaidika.Kwelielimunibahari.Tamaraanasemaalijifunzakwambamtuanapaswa kuzingatiahaliyakeyaafyanakuchaguamazoeziyaviungovyamwilikulingananaumriwake.Barasa nayeanasemaalishangazwakwambakunamazoezikwavijananakwawazee! Atihatabibiyake

anawezakushirikimazoeziyamwilikulimwajabishasana.Kwangumimi,jamboambalosikulijuaawali nikwambamazoezi yanawezakumsaidiamtu kupatausingizi bora.Shukranikwakazinzuri uliyofanya.

Shukranipiakwakunifahamishakatikabaruauliyonitumiakuwaumekubalipendekezola kuanzisha Chama cha Amirijeshi wa Afya wasio na Mipaka, sawia na chama chenu. Hii itatusaidia kuwahamasisha wanajamii kuhusu masuala mbalimbali ya kiafya.

Nakutakiakilalaherikatikashughulizakozote.Ninatazamiakukutananawelikizoniili tufahamishane mengi. Kwa sasa, kwa heri ya kuonana.

 

Sahibuyakompendwa,

 

Mfano:

 

 

 

Benta.

 

 

2.4.    Vihusishivya-aunganifunavyasababu

Vihusishinimanenoambayohuelezauhusianokatiyamanenoauvifunguvyamanenokatikasentensi.

 

a)      Vihusishivya-aunganifu

  • Vihusishivya-aunganifuhuonyeshauhusianobainayanominonanyingineaubainaya nomino na kitenzi.
  • Kwamfano:Wanafunziwalichezamchezowakuigiza.Neno‘wa’nikihusishicha‘-a’unganifu

kinachotumiwakuonyeshauhusianokatiyamchezonauigizaji.

  • Kihusishicha-aunganifuhuchukuaviambishitofautikulingananangeliyanomino
  • Tazamamifanokatikasentensi hizi:
    • Kiwikochamkonohuukinahitaji
    • Langolapilindilolaupandewatimu
    • Wanafunziwashuleyetuhufanyamazoeziyaviungokila
    • Zoezilamwisholitafanywawakatiwa

 

 

b)      Vihusishivyasababu

  • Vihusishivyasababuhuonyeshauhusianowamatukiokatikasentensikwakutoa
  • Vihusishivyasababuvinawezakuwanenomoja,kwamfano:

 

 

 

 

 

  • ili
  • maana
  • Vinawezakuwanmanenozaidiyamoja,kwa mfano:
    • kwasababu
    • kutokanana
    • kwaajiliya
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Lukaametuzwakwasababuyauhodariwake
  • Aliadhibiwamaana

 

 

 

3.   UTUNZAJIWA WANYAMA

3.1.     Tashbihi

  • Tashbihinimbinuyalughaambayohutumiwakulinganishaaukufananishakitunakinginekwa kutumia maneno ya kulinganisha, kama vile: kama, kama vile, ja, mfano wa au mithili ya.
  • Mbinuhiihutumiwakumchoreamsikilizajiaumsomajipichaya
  • Tashbihihufanyamaelezokuwawazinayakuvutiazaidikwawasikilizajiau
  • Mifanoyatashbihikatikasentensi:

❖                  Anamanenomengimithiliyachiriku.

  • Malikianausolainikamahariri.
  • Mbuzihawawanahitajikulishwa,lasivyowatakondakamang’onda.
  • Mekoni mpolekama njiwa.
  • Monalisaanasautitamukamayaninga.
  • Msituulikuwakimyakamakaburi,ungedhanihamnamnyama
  • Munganishujaakamasimba.
  • Urslaana mbiokamaduma.
  • Usiwemkaidikama punda.
  • Tashbihihutumikakatikafasihisimulizikwamadhumunimbalimbali,kamavile:
  1. Kufafanuajambokwakulinganishanakitukingineilikumrahisishiamsikilizajiaumsomaji kuelewa jambo.
  2. Kujengapichaautaswirakatikaakiliyamsikilizajiaumsomajiya
  3. Kwakufananishavifaaauhalinanyingine,msikilizajiaumsomajihuelewa vyema zaidi.
  4. Tashbihihumwondoleamsikilizajiaumsomajiukinaifuunaotokanana kutumia lugha kavu.

 

 

3.2.     Sitiari

  • Sitiarinitamathalizausemiambazomzungumzajiaumwandishihutumiakulinganishawatuauvitu vyenye sifa sawa bila kutumia maneno ya kulinganisha.
  • Mtuaukituhutajwamojakwamojakamandichohicho
  • Sifainayovilinganishavituhivihaitajwi,lakinimzungumzajinamsikilizajihutarajiwakuwa
  • Kwamfano:
    • Huyunikasuku,humshindikuiga
    • Julianikobe
    • Kutonikinyonga,kaulizake
    • Mukainimalaika,huwezikumpataakifanyamambo
    • Usiwemwanambuzi.
  • Katikasentensi,Julianikobe,Juliaanatajwakanakwambandiyekobe.Sitiarihiiinamaana kwamba hutembea polepole.
  • Sitiarihutumiwa:

 

 

  1. Kumjengeamsikilizajiaumsomajipichakamiliyamtu,kituauhaliambayoinaelezewa,kwa mfano: Ng’ombe hawa ni nzige. Wamekula mimea yote shambani.
  2. Kuelezeatabiazawahusika,kwamfano:Marianimalaika.Hawezikumdhuru
  3. Kuadilishaaukutoafunzofulani,kwamfano:Usiwemkonowabirika,nivyemakuwasaidia
  4. Kuongezaladhakwenyelughailikumwondoleamsikilizajiukinaifu,kwamfano:Machoyakeni nyota usiku, badala ya kusema Ana macho yanayong’ara.

 

 

3.3.     Methali

  • Methalinikaulifupiambazohutoaushaurikuhusumambombalimbalikatika
  • Methali:
  1. hutumia lugha ambayo huonyesha hekima au maarifa ya kiasili. Huundwa kwa sehemu mbili. Kipande cha kwanza hutoa wazo, cha pili hukamilisha wazo hilo, kwa mfano, Kidole kimoja hakivunjichawa.Upandewapilibaadayakituounakamilishawazolililodokezwakatikaupande wa kwanza.
  2. huwanamaanaya juunayandani.Maanayandanindiyohutoaujumbe
  3. hutumialughayenyemdundowa
  4. aghalabuhuundwakwatamathalizauseminambinunyinginezalugha,kwamfano,methali: Ndovu hashindwi na mkonga wake, imeundwa kwa sitiari. Ndovu ni sitiari ya binadamu, na mkonga wake ni sitiari ya majukumu au changamoto zinazomkabili binadamu.
  5. hutumia lughainayofungamananamuktadhawajamii ambayo imebuni methali hiyo, kwa mfano,methali:Hasirayamkizifurahayamvuvi,inafungamananajamiiyawavuvi,ilhali, methali: Ndugu wakigombana chukua jembe ukalime, wakipatana chukua kapu ukavune, inahusishwa na jamii ya wakulima.

 

  • Methalihutumiwa:
  1. Methali: Machohayanapazia,kwamfano,inaonyesha kwamba macho huona kila kitu. Ukishaona kitu, umekiona; hakuna kufuta kumbukumbu hiyo.
  2. kuelimishaaukuadilisha,kwamfano,methali:Harakaharakahainabarakainafundisha umuhimu wa kufanya mambo kwa utulivu na kwa umakini.
  3. kutoa ushauri au mwongozo wa maisha, kwa mfano, methali: Usitukane wakunga na uzazi ungalipoinashauriwatukuwawaaminifunakutowapuuzawengineaumsaadaunaotokakwao hata kama hawauhitaji kwa sasa.
  4. Methali:Asiyesikialamkuuhuvunjikaguu,kwamfano,inaonyadhidiyakupuuza ushauri.
  5. Badalayakutoamaelezo,onyoauushaurikwalughayakawaida, methali hutumika.

 

 

3.4.     UshairiI

  • Shairiniutungowakifasihiunaotumialughayakipekeeyamkatokuwasilisha

 

 

  • Utungohuuunawezakuimbwa,kukaririwa,kughaniwaau
  • Shairikamautungowafasihiandishihuwanasifamaalumukamazifuatazo:
  1. Hutumialughayamkatoyenyempangiliomaalumuwa
  2. Manenohufupishwa;kwamfano,nenokiwajengeabadalayaukiwajengea
  3. Kwamfano,‘Likujawangumlezi’kwa kawaida inafaa kuwa ‘Mlezi wangu alikuja.’
  4. Huwanaurudiajiwasauti,silabi,manenoaumistari.Urudiajihuuhuletamdundowakimuziki katika shairi.
  5. Mashairihupangwakatikabetibadalaya
  6. Kilaubetihuundwakwamishororobadalaya
  7. Shairilinawezakuwanakipandekimoja, viwili au vitatu katika kila mshororo. Kipande cha kwanza cha mshororo wa shairi huitwa ukwapi, cha pili utao na cha tatu huitwa mwandamizi.
  8. Mizaninisilabikatikashairi.Mizaniyamwishokatikakila kipande huitwa vina.

 

 

3.5.     Inshayamasimulizi

  • Tukiolinalosimuliwa huweza kuwa la kweli au la kubuni.
  • Huwanavipengelevikuu vifuatavyo:
  1. Ujumbe–Ujumbenijambolinalozungumziwanandiyosababuyakuandikainshaya
  2. Maudhui–Maudhuinimambomuhimuyanayokusudiwakuwasilishwakatika
  3. Mandhari–Mandharinimazingirayainsha.Yanawezakuwamandhariyakiwakatiauya
  4. Ploti–Plotinimsukowamatukioaujinsimatukiokatikainsha
  5. Mhusika au wahusika – Ni mtu au kiumbe ambacho mwandishi wa insha anatumia kuwasilisha ujumbe wake. Insha ya masimulizi kwa kawaida huwa na mhusika mmoja mkuu. Hata hivyo, inawezakuwanawahusikawengineambaowanaingiliananamhusikahuyu,amakwakumsaidia au kumwekea vikwazo.
  6. Mgogoro–Mgogoronimvutanokatiyapandembilikatikakisachamasimulizi.Mvutanohuu au mgogoro ndiyo mwandishi hulenga kuutatua katika insha ya masimulizi.
    • Kwakurejeleakipengelechamuundo,inshayamasimulizihuwanamada,utangulizi,mwilina
  • Mada–Nikichwaauanwaniyainsha.Madahuteuliwakulingananakisakinachosimuliwa. Mada inastahili kudokeza ujumbe wa insha au mgogoro unaomkumba mhusika.
  • Utangulizi – Ndio unaodokeza ujumbe wa insha. Hapa ndipo tatizo kuu au mgogoro unaomkumbamhusikahujitokeza.Mandhariyahadithiinayosimuliwahuwezakujitokezahapa.
  • Mwili –Hapandipohadithihusimuliwakwakutumiambinumbalimbalizalugha.Juhudiza mhusikazakukabiliananamgogorounaomkumbahujitokezahapa.Ujumbepiahuendelezwa katika sehemu hii.

 

 

  • Hitimisho–Hitimishohujumuishamuhtasariwaujumbewainsha.Hikindichokilelecha masimulizi.Ndiomwishowahadithi.Mwishowamatukioyamasimulizihutolewahapa. Mwisho huu huweza:
    • Kuonyeshasuluhisholatatizolinalomkumba
    • Kumwachamsomajinataharukiauhamuyakutakakujuayaliyompataauyatakayompata

 

Mfanowainshayamasimulizi

Amina aliifungua pazia ya dirisha cha matwana hiyo. Aliangaza macho yake mbele kule-e-e-e. Aliiona mbugakubwanapanakamabahari.Aliiajabiambugahiyo.Fikirazilimtumakuwaziamaelfukwamaelfu ya wanyama walioishi humo. Aliwaza kuhusu ndovu. Aliwaza kuhusu kifaru. Aliwaza kuhusu duma na simba. Alipomwazia simba, mwili ulimsisimka kiasi. Malaika yalimsimama. Alimwogopa simba. Hata hakujuakwaninialimwogopamnyamahuyokiasihicho.PenginenikwasababuJumaalikuwa amemsimulia kisa cha simba mmoja ambayealikuwaametoroka kwenye mbuga hiyo na kuishia kwenye zizi la jirani yao. Hayawani huyo aliwafagia mbuzi wa jirani asimbakize hata mmoja!

 

“Maskini,jiranihuyo.Laitikungalikuwamchanasikuhiyo,penginemajiraniwangemsaidia!Kwabahati njema,ng’ombewalinusurika.Walikuwanabahatiyamtende.Waliponeachupuchupukwasababu walikuwazizinikulikodhibitiwasawasawailimnyamayeyoteasiwezekupenya,”Aminaalijisemea moyoni huku akiwtazama kongoni waliokuwa wakinywa maji kwenye kidimbwi maalum kilichokuwa kimezingirwa kwa ua wa miti.

 

Aliyarudishamawazoyakekwenyesafariambayo,kamaalivyoaminiyeye,hakuwaameilaliawala kuiamkia.Niziaraambayoilijikabidhimikononimwakeautusemeilitokananaimaniyakekwamba alikuwaamekiinamiakilichokuwamvungunimwake.Hataalipoiwaziasafarihii,hakujuasababuyaMzee Salim kuamua kumtuza kwa tendo dogo kama hilo.

 

“KuwajengeabatabandanijambolakumfanyababamtukumtunukiabintiyakeziarayaMbugaya Kilelecha kweli?” Amina alizidi kuajabia. “Mbuga ambayo inahusudiwa na ulimwengu mzima! Safari yenyewe inafanikishwa gari maalum la kitalii! Anayempeleka huko si mwingine ila baba yake!” Amina aliona vigumu kuamini.

 

Mwenyewe,BwanaKazi,alikuwaameziachashughulizakezakazikatikaShirikalaMjawaHeriambako ndiye Afisa Mkuu Mtendaji. Wengine kwenye safari hii ni watalii kutoka ughaibuni. Amina hakuacha kushangaa kwa tendo hili la baba yake. Hata hivyo, moyo wake ulimkumbusha kwamba mcheza kwao hutuzwa.

 

“Tazama!Tazamahuyo nyumbu!Tazamahuyopundamilia!Onajinsi wanavyovutia!”

SautiyamtaliimmojamwenyeasiliyaUingerezandiyoiliyomtoaAminakutokakwenyelindilamawazo alikokuwa amejitumbukiza. Alipoyainua macho aliona maandishi makubwa kwenye kiingilio cha mbuga hii ya wanyama: “Karibuni kwenye Mbuga ya Wanyama ya Kilelecha. Huku ndiko thamani ya uhai inakopatikana.”

 

 

AlimwonaMzeeSalimakijifunguamkandawausalama,akaaminikwambakwelindotoyakeyakuizuru mbuga hii ilikuwa imetimia.

 

 

3.6.     Vihusishivilinganishinakihusishi‘na’

a)      Vihusishivilinganishi

  • Vihusishivilinganishihutumiwakulinganishavituviwiliauzaidikwakuvifananishaau kuvitofautisha
  • Kwamfano:
    • juu ya
    • kama
    • kati ya
    • kuliko
    • kushinda
    • mithiliya
    • mpaka
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
    • Anamaringosawana
    • Dumaanambio kulikowanyama
    • Musanimjanja kama
    • Ndamahuyunimtukutuzaidiyamwanambuzi
    • Pakanimkubwakuliko
    • Rahilinimtiifukama
    • Usiwemwogamithiliya
  • Kihusishikilinganishikinawezakuwanenomojaaukikaundwakwazaidiyanenomoja,kwa mfano: Ngozi ya mnyama huyu ni laini mithili ya bafta.

 

b)      Kihusishi‘na’

  • Kihusishihikihutumiwakuonyeshauhusianouliopokatiyanominonakitenziaukuonyesha mtendaji katika sentensi.
  • Kwamfano:
  • Alitegwanakamba
  • Kizimbahikichakukukimejengwanakaka
  • Mbuziwanalishwana
  • Ng’ombewaliovamiwanakupewalinyunyiziwa
  • TindinaFadhiliwalijawanaWalimuna

wazaziwalifurahishwanajuhudizawanafunzizakuwatunzawanyama

 

4.   UTUNZAJIWA MALIASILI

4.1.     Vitendawili

  • Vitendawilinisemizilizonamaanailiyofichwaambazohutolewakwahadhiraili

Vitendawilihuwanamuundowaswalina jibu.

  • Umuhimuwavitendawilinikuwahuwafanyawasikilizajiwafikiriekwakinailikugunduajibu sahihi. Kwa njia hii, vitendawili hutumiwa kufikirisha.
  • Vitendawiliaidhahuchocheaubunifu,huelimishana
  • Maanayavitendawiliinawezakutofautianakatikajamiinatamaduni
  • Baadhiyavipengelevyauwasilishajiwavitendawilinikamavile:
  1. Kwamfano:

Mtegaji:Kitendawili?

Hadhira:Tega!

Mtegaji:Blanketilangulinamadoadoa.

Mmojawahadhira: Chapati.

Mtegaji:Ndio,amepata!

 

  1. Iwapohadhiraitakosakuteguakitendawili,mtegajihuulizahadhiraimpemji,kishahutoajibu sahihi. Kwa mfano:

Mtegaji:Kitendawili?

Hadhira:Tega!

Mtegaji:Blanketilangulinamadoadoa.

Mmoja wa hadhira: Chui. Mtegaji:Lahasha!Nipenimji. Hadhira: Mandera

Mtegaji:NiliendaMandera,watotowaManderawakanitumaniwasalimu.Jibulakeni chapati.

 

  1. Kwakuwavitendawilinitungozafasihisimulizi,maranyingihuambatananahadithinatanzu nyingine za fasihi simulizi. Katika jamii za Kiafrika, vitendawili vilitanguliza vipindi vya

 

4.2.     Nahau

  • Nahaunimojawapoyasemiambazohuundwakwakuwekapamojamanenoyakawaidailikuleta maana isiyo ya kawaida.
  • Mifanoyanahau:
    • Melihiyoiling’oanangajana
    • Mfanyakazialiyekiukamaadiliamepigwakalamu.
    • ShughulizakuhifadhiMtoNairobizimeshikakasi.
    • Wazeewaliokulachumvindiowaliowapavijana
  • Kwamfano,vunjambavuninahauiliyoundwakwakuunganishamanenomawiliyakawaidaili kuleta maana isiyo ya kawaida, ambayo ni kuchekesha.
  • Kwahivyo,maanayanahauhaifuatimojakwamojamaanayakawaidayamaneno

 

 

  • Nahaunimuhimukwavilehufanyalughaivutiekwakutoaujumbekwanjiayakisiriauyakuficha; huimarisha ubunifu katika matumizi ya lugha na kuondoa uchovu wa lugha kavu katika mazungumzo au maandishi.
  • Vipengelevyakimsingivinavyobainishanahauni:
  1. Nahauhuundwakwamanenozaidiyamoja;kwamfano:katatamaa,pigamoyokonde,paka mafuta kwa mgongo wa chupa.
  2. Kwakawaida,nahauhuwafupi;kwamfano:pigagumzo,tiamakini.
  3. Maanayanahauhutofautiananamaanayamanenoyanayoiunda;kwamfano:katakambasi kutenganisha kamba, bali ni kufa.
  4. Nahautofautizinawezakuwanamaanasawa;kwamfano,kutoarushwa,kuzungukambuyu, kutoa mlungula na kutoa chai zote zinamaanisha kuhonga.

 

 

4.3.     Kusomakwaufasaha

  • Kusomakwaufasahaniuwezowakusomamaandishikwausahihi,haraka,nakuelewayaliyomo katika maandiko hayo.
  • Inahusishakutumiambinumbalimbalizakufahamumaneno,sentensinamaandishikwaujumla,ili kuwa na uwezo wa kuelewa, kutafsiri na kutumia taarifa inayopatikana kwenye maandiko kwa
  • Vifuatavyonivipengelemuhimukatikakusomakwaufasaha:
  • Matamshiborahusaidiamsikilizajikupataujumbesahihi.
  • Kusoma kwa kasi inayostahili. Kusoma kwa haraka sana kunaweza kumfanya msikilizaji kupitwanaujumbe.Kwaupandemwingine,kusomapolepolekunawezakumchoshamsikilizaji.
  • Nimuhimukuzingatiaalamazauakifishajiiliujumbeuwezekueleweka ipasavyo.
  • Kutumiaisharazamwiliauviziadavyalughaipasavyo,kamavileisharazausonamikono, ambazo huongeza ubora vikiandamana na matamshi.
  • Kutumiakiimbokifaacho,yaanikushushanakupandishasautiipasavyoilikuonyeshahisia zinazoambatana na ujumbe katika matini.

 

 

4.4.     Inshayakubuni:Masimulizi I

  • Lughayakitamathalinilughainayotumiatamathalinambinunyinginezalughailikutiautamu katika uandishi.
  • Baadhiyatamathalizinazotumikakatikauandishinikamavile:
    • istiari
    • kuchanganyandimi
    • majazi
    • maswaliyabalagha
    • methali
    • misemo
    • tashbihi

 

 

  • utohozi
  • Matendoyawahusikayanahusishatabia,vitendo,namienendoyawahusikakatikainshaya masimulizi. Matendo ya wahusika hujenga utambulisho na sifa zao.
  • Mandhari ni mazingira yaliyochorewa katika kazi ya kiubunifu. Uchoraji wa mandhari humpa msomajitaswirayakuwezakufahamuvizurimazingirayaliyojengewakatikakaziyakiubunifu.
  • Kuzingatia lugha ya kitamathali, matendo ya wahusika na mandhari katika uandishi wa insha ya masimulizihumwezeshamsomajikuelewavyemakisakinachosimuliwakwakumchoreapichahalisi ya mandhari na matukio.

 

 

4.5.     -ki-yamashartina-ka-yakufuatanakwavitendo

a)      -ki-yamasharti

  • -ki-yamashartihutumikakatikasentensiwakatimtuanapotakakuonyeshakuwavitenzikatika sentensi vinategemeana.
  • Huonyeshakuwakutokeakwakitendokimojakunategemeakitendo
  • Mifano:
    • Watuwakitumiateknolojiawatawezakuchimba
    • Tukipandamitimingi,viwangovyamvua
    • Mkulimahuyuakitumiamboleaifaayo,atapatamazao
    • Hewaikiwasafi,maradhimengi
    • Tukitunzamito,tutakuwanamajisafiya

 

b)      -ka-yakufuatanakwavitendo

  • Kiambishi-ka-chakufuatanakwavitendohutumiwakuonyeshakutokeakwavitendokatika sentensi kimoja baada ya kingine kwa kufuatana.
  • Kwamfano:
    • Nilipofikashuleniniliingiadarasani,nikawekamkobakwenyedawati,nikatoakitabu cha hadithi na kukisoma.
    • Alikuja,akashikamlango,akaufungua,akaingianakuchukua

 

5.   MITAZAMOHASIYAKIJINSIA

5.1.     Ufahamuwakusikiliza

  • Ufahamuwakusikilizahukuzwa kwa kusikiliza vifungu, habari, au makala yanayosomwa au kusimuliwa kwa makini ili kuelewa ujumbe.
  • Vipengelevinavyozingatiwakatikaufahamuwakusikilizani:
  • Kujiandaakimawazokusikiliza
  • Kutulianakumakinika
  • Kuhakikishahakunakelele
  • Kumutazamaanayesomaaukusimuliakifungu
  • Kujengapichayakimawazoyayaleunayosikiliza
  • Kutafakariujumbekatika
    • Uwezowamsikilizajikukuzaufahamuwakusikilizaunategemeavigezovifuatavyo:
  1. Uwezowakuelewasarufiyalughainayotumiwakatikamasimulizi
  2. Ufahamuwamsamiatiwalugha husika
  3. Uwezowakukumbukayaliyosemwa
  4. Kuwezakutajahojamuhimukutokananayaliyosikilizwa
  5. Kutoaufupishowayaliyosikilizwakwa

 

 

5.2.     Kusomakwaufahamu

  1. Kamakunapichainayoandamanakifungu,ikaguekwanzailikupata muktadha wa matini hiyo.
  2. Bainishalengolakusoma,kwamfanokusomailikufahamumsamiati,ilikuelezahabariauili kudondoa habari mahususi.
  3. Tiliamaananiainayamsamiati
  4. Jaribukukisiamaanayavifungunamanenomagenikwakuzingatiamuktadhawasentensi
  5. Zingatiaalamazauakifishajiunaposomailikuelewaujumbeunaokusudiwa
  6. Pitiakusomatenahukuukitafakarimatukionamaelezokwenye

 

 

5.3.     Insha:ShajaraI

  • Shajaranirekodiyamatukioaumambomuhimuyanayotokeakilasikuilikuyawekea
  • Mamboyanayokusudiwakufanywakatikasikuzijazopiahuwezakuandikwanakuhifadhiwakatika shajara ili yasisahaulike.
  • Kunaainambilizashajara:
  1. Shajarayakibinafsi-Mamboyakibinafsikuhusumatukiomuhimuyasikufulanihuhifadhiwa katika aina hii ya shajara.
  2. Shajarayakiofisi-Mipangonamatukiomuhimuyanayotokeakatikashirikafulanihuandikwa kwenye shajara ya aina hii ili kuweka kumbukumbu. Kwa kawaida, mashirika yote hutarajiwa

 

 

kuwanashajara.

  • Vipengelevyashajarani:
  1. Muundo -Shajarahuwa nakichwa, tarehenatukio. Tarehehuonyeshasiku ambayo mambo yanayonakiliwayalipotendeka.Tukiolililotendekasikuhiyoaulinalopangiwakufanyikasiku hiyo huandikwa chini ya tarehe ya siku hiyo.
  2. Mtindo-Kimtindo, shajara:
    • Huandikwakwaufupi
    • Hutumiawakatiuliopitakunukuumatukioyaliyotokeasikuhiyo
    • Wakatiujaohutumikakunakilimamboyanayopangwakufanywakatikamudaujao,hasa katika shajara rasmi.

 

Mfanowashajara

Shajarayakibinafsi:ShajarayaSitiMwendwa Jumatatu 14/10/2025

NilimtembeleashangazikatikakijijichaKatena.

Tulizungumziampangowanguwakusomeauandishibaadayakumalizamasomoyanguyashuleni.

 

Jumanne15/10/2025

Nilijiunganawenzangushuleni.Tulijadilikuhusuumuhimuwakupuuzamitazamohasiyakijinsia. Nilivutiwa sana na maoni ya wenzangu.

 

Jumatano16/10/2025

Ilikuwasikuyanguyakuzaliwa.Wenzanguwaliniandaliakaramushuleni.Nilifurahi sana.

 

Alhamisi17/10/2025

Tulitembelewanamshaurinasahashuleni.Alitushaurikuwanamsimamothabitinakutoruhusu mitazamo ya jamii kuhusu jinsia kuwa kikwazo katika kufuata ndoto zetu maishani.

 

 

5.4.     Haliyamasharti-nge-na-ngali-

a)      Haliya-nge-

  • Haliyamashartiinapotumikakatikasentensihuwasilishamaanakuwavitendovinavyotokea katika sentensi vinategemeana.
  • Mifanokatikasentensi
    • Wanafunziwangesafishamadarasayao,yangeonekana
    • Okalangetiabidiikazini,angepandishwa
    • Kasimangefundishwajinsiyakupika,angepikachakula
    • Wachuuziwakipewamafunzo,wangeweka
    • Mitazamohasiyakijinsiaingekabiliwamapema,watuwengiwangepata
  • Kwamfano,katikasentensi:Ningesomaningeelewa,inamaanishakuwakuelewakunategemea
  • Haliyamashartiya-nge-inapotumikakatikasentensihumaanishakuwavitendovyotevilivyo

 

 

na-nge-yamasharti havikutokea.

  • Katikasentensi: Ningesomaningeelewa,inamaanakuwasikusomawala

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)      Haliya-ngali-

  • Kama ilivyosemekana hapo awali kuhusu hali ya -nge-, hali ya masharti ya -ngali- vilevile inapotumikakatikasentensihumaanishakuwavitendovyotevilivyonahaliyamashartiya– ngali- vinategemeana na vitendo vyote havikutokea.
  • Mifano:
  • Ningalikuwanyumbani,ningalifanyakazi
  • Wazeewangalijua,wangaliwapelekawatotowote
  • Watotowangalimwonamamayao,wangali
  • Tungalikuwanafuraha,tungaliishimaisha
  • Amadiangalijuamvuaitanyesha,angalipanda
    • Katikasentensi:Kungalikuwanamtetemekowaardhi,nyumbahiiingalibokomoka,inamaana kuwa hakukuwa na mtetemeko wa ardhi, kwa hivyo nyumba haikubomoka.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.   USALAMABARABARANI

6.1.     Kusikilizakwakusafiri

  • Kusikilizakwakufasirinikusikilizakunakomwezeshamsikilizajikuwezakutafakarinakueleza ujumbe kwa maneno yake mwenyewe.
  • Wakatimwinginemsikilizajihusikilizanakufasiriujumbe,kishaakauelezakwalughatofautinaile
  • Ilikuwezakufasirinakuelezamsimamonamwelekeowaujumbewamatiniyakusikiliza,unafaa:
  1. Kusikilizakwamakiniilikupataujumbemaalumu
  2. Kutiliamaananijinsilughailivyotumikakuonyeshamsimamo,kamavilekukosoaau kufurahia
  3. Kuhakikimsamiatiuliotumika
  4. Kuchunguzaiwapokunajambolinalopingwaaukuungwamkono
  5. Kuwanaufahamumzuriwamsamiatikatikamatini inayofasiriwa
  6. Kuelewaisharanaviziadavyalughavinavyoashiriamisimamofulani
  7. Kujielezapasipokupotoshaujumbeunapofasirimsimamona

 

 

6.2.     Kusomakwakina:UshairiII

  • Maudhuinimamboaumasualayanayoelezwanamwandishiaumsimuliziwakaziya
  • Mambohayohuhusumasualatofautikatikajamii
  • Dhamiranilengoauwazokuulamtunzi wakazi ya
  • Huonyeshasababuyamwandishiaumzungumzajikutakakuifahamishahadhirayakemambo

 

 

6.3.     Inshayamethali

  • Inshayamethaliniinshainayoandikwailikupambanuamaanayamethalifulaninakudhihirisha matumizi yake katika maisha ya kila siku.
  • Vipengelevyakuzingatiakatikakuandikainshayamethalinipamojana:
  1. Kutafitimaanayajuunayandaniyamethaliunayoiandikiainsha
  2. Kubunikisakinachooananamaananamatumiziyamethali husika
  3. Kuzingatiamatumizisahihiyalughakiubunifu
  4. Kuzingatiamtiririkoufaaowamatukiokwenyekisa
  5. Kupambanuawahusikaipasavyo
  6. Kuzingatia muundo ufaao, yaani utangulizi unaofafanua maana ya methali, mwili unaosimuliakisanahitimisholinalobainishaujumbeaufunzolinalowasilishwanakisa kuhusiana na methali.

 

Mfano

Kinganiborakulikotiba

Methalihiiinamaanakuwaniherikuzuiajambokulikokuanzakutafutanamnayakulisuluhisha.Kwa kawaida, methali hii hutumiwa kutahadharisha watu kujiepusha na mambo yanayoweza kuwadhuru.

21|Pa ge

 

MkhwasialipoamkasikuilealikuwananiayakusafirihadimjiwaBondeni.Alikuwaameipangasafari hii kwa siku nyingi. Siku yenyewe ilikuwa muhimu sana kwake kwa sababu alikuwa anaenda kuanza kazimpyamjini.Baadayakukamilishashughulizakezamaandalizi,alichukuamkobawakena kuelekea katika stendi ya mabasi ya kwenda mjini.

 

Alifikakatikakituochabasimapemailikuwahibasilakwanza.Ulikuwamwendowasaakuminambili asubuhi basi lililojulikana kama “Kamata” lilipowasili. Kama kawaida, abiria walikuwa wengi kwani magari katika kijiji hicho cha Mwinamo hayakuwa mengi. Ilibidi waliokuwa na safari wajaribu kuwa mapema.

 

Mkhwasi alipata nafasi yake ndani ya basi. Aliketi kwenye kiti kilichokuwa karibu nadereva. Muda si muda,utingoaliwatangaziaabiriawajifungemikandayausalamakablayasafarikuanza,lakini Mkhwasialipuuza.Safariyamjiniiling’oananga.Basililiendeshwataratibuhadipalewalipoacha barabara ya changarawe na kushika ya lami.

 

Basililiongezakasiikawadhahirishahirikuwahalikuwanakidhibitimwendo.Derevaalizidikuongeza mwendo.Abiriawotewalinyamaza.Kutokaalipoketi,Mkhwasialiwezakuonakuwakasiyabasi ilikuwa kilomita mia moja ishirini kwa saa, lakini hakuthubutu kusema lolote. Woga ulimvaa pamojana abiria wenzake. Hata aliposhikwa na hofu, hakukumbuka kufunga mkanda wake wa usalama.

 

Basi lilifika katika eneo lililokuwa na kibao kilichoonyesha kuwa wanyama hupita pale, lakini dereva hakutiamakini.Ghaflabinvualitokeang’ombealiyekuwaakivukabarabara.Derevaalijaribu kumkwepa,lakinigarililipotezamwelekeonakubingiriamarakadhaa.Baadhiyaabiriawalipata majerahamadogonakukimbizwahospitalinikwamatibabu.Mkhwasi,ambayeilibainikakuwahakuwa amejifunga mkanda wa usalama, aliumia sana. Alilazwa hospitalini kwa muda.

 

Pale hospitalini, Mkhwasi alianza kuwaelezea watu namna gari likiendeshwa kwa mwendo wa kasi. Alijutia kutomwambia dereva apunguze mwendo. Alijutia pia kutofunga mkanda wa usalama kwani daktarialimwelezakuwaangekuwaameufungamkandawausalamaasingepatamajerahamakali. Kutokasikuhiyo,Mkhwasialiamuakuwaatakuwaakifungamkandawausalamanakutonyamaza wakati sheria za barabarani zinapokiukwa. Ama kweli, kinga ni bora kuliko tiba.

 

 

6.4.     Vielezivyanamnanavyawakati

a)      Vielezivya namna

  • Hivinivielezivinavyoonyeshajinsikitendokinavyofanyikaau
  • Kwamfano:
    • haraka
    • juujuu
    • kabisa
    • ovyovyo
    • polepole

 

 

  • sana
  • taratibu
  • vizuri
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Barabarahiyoimejengwavyema.
  • Maderevawanahitajikakumakinikasana
  • Wanafunziwalivukabarabara kwautaratibu.
  • Taazabarabaraniziligeukakijanighafla.
  • Watuwotewalisimamawimakandoya

 

b)      Vielezivyawakati

  • Vielezivyawakatihuelezamudaauwakatikitendokilipofanyikaau
  • Vielezivyawakativinawezakuwamajinayanyakatitofauti,sikuzawiki,miezi,miaka,karneau saa mahususi.
  • Mifanoyavielezivyawakatinikamavile:
    • alfajiri
    • Ijumaa
    • Januari
    • Jumamosi
    • mapema
    • mwakajana
    • mwongo
    • saamoja
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Alialichukuajumamojakukamilishazoezi
  • Magariyoteyanastahilikukaguliwamapema.
  • Mamaalipikachakulakitamuleo.
  • MuhulawapiliutaanzamweziwaMei.
  • Shereheyamaderevaitaandaliwakesho.
  • Wageniwalifika mapemakwasababuhakukuwanamsongamanowamagariasubuhi.
  • Wageniwaliwasilijioni.

 

–           Vielezivyawakativinawezakutumikamahalipopotekatikasentensi.

 

7.   HUDUMAKATIKAASASIZA KIJAMII

7.1.     Kusikilizanakutathmini

  • Kusikilizakwakutathmininikusikilizakwamakinijambololote,kamavilemazungumzo,hotubaau mahojiano, kwa lengo maalum la kufanya uchanganuzi ili kubaini ubora wake, maudhui yake, ufanisi wake au vipimo vingine vinavyofaa.
  • Ainahiiyakusikilizamaranyingihutumiwakatikamuktadhatofauti,kamavile:
  1. Unaposikilizahotubanakutathminilugha,ushawishi,utaratibuwakuelezahoja,naustadi wa mawasiliano kwa ujumla.
  2. Katikamikutanonamajadiliano,unasikilizakwakuthaminiumuhimuwamaudhuinahojaza
  3. Katikamahojiano,wanaohojihusikilizakwakutathminiilikubainiiwapowahojiwawanafaa kwa jukumu lengwa kutokana na jinsi wanavyojieleza.
  4. Katikaelimu,walimuhusikilizauwasilishajiwawanafunziilikutathminiufahamuwaona kutoa maoni yanayosaidia ujifunzaji.
    • Kusikilizakwakutathminikunahitajimakini,uwezowakufikirikwauangalifunakutoamaoniya busara kulingana na habari iliyosikilizwa.
    • Vipengelemuhimuvyakuzingatiaunaposikilizakwakutathmininipamojana:
  • Kusikilizakwamakiniilikubaininakufasiriwazokuunakuchanganualughainayotumiwa na msemaji.
  • Kufuatiliamawazoya
  • Kuchanganuamantikiyayale
  • Kuchanganuahojazinazotolewana
  • Kuzingatiaviziadalughakamavileisharazausonakupandanakushukakwa

 

 

7.2.     Ufupisho

  • Ufupishopiahuitwa
  • Ufupishoniutaratibuwakuchukuamaandishimarefuauhabarindefunakuzipunguzaaukuzifanya kuwa fupi bila kupoteza ujumbe muhimu.
  • Baadhiyavipengelevyakuzingatiakatikakufupishanikamavile:
    • Kutambuahojakuunamaneno
    • Kuondoamaelezoyasiyoya
    • Kuondoa
    • Kuhakikishakuwaujumbemuhimu
    • Kuteuamsamiatimwafakautakaowakilishamaelezomarefukwenye
    • Kuandikaupyaukitumiamanenouliyoteuakusimamiamaelezo
    • Kuzingatiamtiririkowahabariaumaelezo
    • Kupitiakifungutenailikuhakikishakuwasentensizinafululizaipasavyonaujumbe

Kumbuka:

 

 

  • Nimuhimukuwamakiniwakatiwakufupishailikuhakikishakuwaujumbehaupotezimaana
  • Unawezakutumiaviunganishikuunganishamawazoiliyawena mtiririko.

 

 

7.3.     Insha:MaelezoI

  • Inshayamaelezoniainayainshaambayolengolakenikutoamaelezoauufafanuziwajambofulani kwa njia ya wazi na rahisi ili msomaji au msikilizaji aweze kuelewa vizuri.
  • Katikainshahii,mwandishianatumiamifano,maelezonamaoniilikuoneshadhanaauwazo
  • InshazamaelezomaranyingihutumikakatikamasomoyaKiswahiliaukatikamitihaniilikupima uwezo wa mwanafunzi kuelezea jambo kwa ufasaha.
  • Vipengelevyainshayamaelezo:
  1. Utangulizi:Hapa,mwandishianaelezeakwakifupijamboatakalolielezeakatikainshahiyo. Utangulizi huu hutumika kuandaa msomaji kuelewa maudhui ya insha.
  2. Mwiliwainsha:Mwandishi anatumia mifano, picha au maelezo ya kina ili kusaidia msomaji kuelewa vizuri kile anachokielezea.
  3. Hitimisho:Katikasehemuhii,mwandishianatoamuhtasariwakilekilichozungumziwakatika mwili wa insha na mara nyingi hutoa wazo la kumalizia au muktadha wa mwisho.

 

Mfanowainshayamaelezo:Maishayashule

Utangulizi:Maishayashulenisehemumuhimuyamaishayakilamtu.Hapa,mtuhupataelimuambayo ni nguzo muhimu katika maisha yake ya baadaye. Katika insha hii, nitatuelezea maisha ya shule kwa ujumla.

Mwili wa insha: Katika shule, mwanafunzi hupitia vipindi mbalimbali vya masomo kama Kiswahili, Hisabati,Sayansinamasomomengine.Kilasomolinakuwanaumuhimuwakekwamaendeleoya mwanafunzi.Pia,maishayashulehayahusishimasomopekee,balipiashughulizakijamiikamamichezo, sanaa, na mikutano ya kijamii. Wanafunzi pia hujifunza nidhamu na kushirikiana na wenzetu.

Kwaupandemwingine,maishayashuleyanachangamotombalimbali,ikiwanipamojanakufanyakazi nyingizanyumbani,mitihani,nashinikizolakufaulu.Lakinikwaujumla,shulenisehemu inayomfundisha mwanafunzi mbinu za kuishi na kujitolea kwa jamii.

Hitimisho: Kwa kumalizia, maisha ya shule ni sehemu muhimu ya kukua na kujifunza. Ingawa kuna changamoto,badonisehemuyakujengamsingiwamaishayabaadaye.Hivyo,kilamwanafunzianapaswa kuchukulia maisha ya shule kwa umakini na juhudi kubwa.

 

 

7.4.     Vielezivyamahali

  • Vielezinimanenoyanayoelezazaidikuhusuvitenzi,vivumishiauvielezi
  • Manenoyanayotoamaelezozaidikuhusukitenzikwakuelezamahaliambapokitendokinatokea huitwa vielezi vya mahali.
  • Vielezivyamahalivinawezakuwa:

 

 

  1. Nominozakawaidazilizoongezwakiambishimwishoni,kwamfano:
    • barabarani
    • bwenini
    • hospitalini
    • jandoni
    • mjini
    • ofisini
    • shuleni
  2. Nominozapekeezinazotajamahali,kwamfano:
    • Ushelisheli
    • Nakuru
    • MlimaKenya
    • ZiwaVictoria
    • MwembeTayari
    • KisiwachaNgazija
  3. Viashiriavyamahali,kamavile:
    • mle
    • kule
    • pale
      • Mifanokatikasentensi:
    • FamiliayaoinaishiviunganimwamjiwaNanyuki.
    • NitaendaAmerikabaadayakufuzumasomo
    • Panyaamejifichapale.
    • Serikaliyetuimewaondoavijanawanaorandarandamitaaninakuwapeleka shuleni.
    • Wavulanawalipelekwajandonikupewaushauri
      • Vielezihuwezakutumikaaukujitokezamahalipopotekatikasentensi,iwenimwanzoni,katiau mwishoni mwa sentensi.

 

 

7.5.     Vielezivyaidadi

  • Nimanenoyanayotoamaelezozaidikuhusuvitenzikwakurejeleaidadiyavitendohuitwavielezi vya idadi.
  • Kwamfano:
    • marachache
    • marakadhaa
    • marakakumi
    • nadra
    • tenamaranyingi
    • wapili
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Chanjoyaugonjwahuohutolewamaramoja
  • Gavanawetualiahidimarakadhaakuwaatajengataasisizakuhudumia

 

 

  • Mgonjwaalikunywadawamarambili.
  • Ninadrakumpatadaktariwamifupakatikazahanati
  • Onanaalidakampiramaranyingi.
    • Vielezivyaidadivinawezakurejelea:
    • Idadikamiliinayodhihirika,kwamfano:
      • maramoja
      • marakumi
      • mara
    • Idadiyajumlaisiyodhihirika,kwamfano:
      • marakadhaa
      • marachache
      • kwanadra

 

8.   MISUKOSUKOYAKIJAMII

8.1.     Uzungumzajiwakushawishi

  • Uzungumzajiwakushawishiniuzungumzajiunaotolewakwalengolakuathirimsimamo,tabia, imani na maadili ya msikilizaji.
  • Ilikushawishiwengine,mzungumzajianafaakuzingatiavipengelevifuatavyo:
    • Kuelewavyemamahitajiyawasikilizajiilikuwaraikwanjia
    • Kuelewavyemasualaanalolizungumzianaumuhimu wake
    • Kujielezakwanjiawazi
    • Kuteualughakulingana nahadhira
    • Kutumialughainayowezakuathirihisiazamsikilizajiiliawezekufuatamsimamowako
    • Kuwahusishawasikilizajinakuwapanafasiyakutoamaoniyaokatikamazungumzohayo
  • Uzungumzajiwakushawishiunawezakutolewakatikamuktadhakamaifuatavyo:
  • Katikakuwapatanishawatuwaliokosanaili
  • Katikamikutanoyakisiasaambapowanasiasahuwashawishiwapigakurakuwachagua
  • Katikavikaovyakuwashawishiwalionauraibufulaniilikugeuzamienendoyao
  • Kupatanishajamiiambazozinamigogoro,kamavilewiziwamifugo
  • Kupatanishawatuwanaozozanakwasababuyakutopatana
  • Wanafunziwanapotakakuwashawishiwenzao,kamavilekujiunganachamafulani

 

 

8.2.     Kusomakwakina:UshairiIII

  • Mandharikatikafasihinimahaliambapokaziyafasihi
  • Mandhariyanawezakuwamahalipopotekamavilebarabarani,mjini,nyumbani,shuleni,kanisani, msikitini, ziwani, angani, nchini au barani.
  • Mandhariyanawezapiakuwakiwakatikamavilewakatiwakihistoria,wasasa,wavita,wa mapambazuko au machweo.
  • Vivyohivyo,mandharikatikashairinimazingiraambaposhairilinazungumziayakimahaliau
  • Mandhariyanaumuhimumkubwakwanindiyohumsaidiamshairikujengataswirakimazingirana kihisia ya kuwasilisha ujumbe.
  • Ndiyohumwezeshamtunziwashairikufikiamahaliyakiwakatiaukimazingiraambaposhairilake

 

  • Muundondiohusaidiakuainisha mashairi katika bahari au makundi mbalimbali.

 

  • Vipengelevyakimuundovyamashairinikamavifuatavyo:
  1. Mishororo–Mstarikatikashairihuitwa
  2. Beti–Mashairihupangwakatikavifunguvyamishororo.Kifunguchamishororoiliyowekwa pamoja katika shairi huitwa ubeti, wingi ni beti. Ubeti ni sawa na aya katika maandishi ya

 

 

  1. Vipandevya mishororo –Mashairiyanawezakuwanakipandekimojaauzaidi.Kipandecha kwanza cha mshororo huitwa ukwapi. Cha pili ni utao na cha tatu, mwandamizi.
  2. Vina –Silabiausautiza mwishokatikavipande vyamishororohuitwavina.Aghalabu, mashairi huwanavinavyakatinavyamwishokutegemeaidadiyavipandekatikamishororo.Maranyingi vina hulingana katika ubeti kwa shairi zima au katika baadhi ya mashairi.
  3. Mizani–Silabikatikashairihuitwamizani.Aghalabu,idadiyamizanikatikavipandevyashairi hulingana, kwa mfano, ukwapi ukiwa na mizani 8 na utao 8, mishororo yote katika shairi kama hilo itakuwa na mizani 8, 8.
  4. Kibwagizo–Maranyingimashairihuwanamshororowamwishoambaounarudiwarudiwa katika kila ubeti. Mshororo huu huitwa kibwagizo.
    • Vipengelehivivyakimuundondivyohuzingatiwakatikakuainishamashairi,kwamfano:
  5. Shairilamishororomiwilikatikakilaubetihuitwatathnia,lenyemishororomitatu huitwa

tathlithanalenyeminnehuitwatarbia.

  1. Shairiambalovinavyakatinavyamwishovyotehufananahuitwamtiririko,naambalovina vya kipande kimoja hufanana lakini kingine hubadilika-badilika huitwa ukara.
  2. Shairilenyekipandekimojahuitwautenzi,lenyevipandeviwilihuitwamathnawinavitatu,

ukawafi.

 

 

8.3.     Matumiziyamabano()

  1. Kuonyeshamaelezoyaziadaaumanenoambayosiyalazimakatikasentensi,kwamfano:Naibuwa mwalimu mkuu (ambaye ameketi mbele) ni jirani yetu.
  2. Kufungiamaelekezoyajukwaani,hasakatikamazungumzoaumchezowakuigiza,kwamfano: Mwalimu Juma: (akitabasamu) Hamjambo wanafunzi?

Wanafunzi:(kwapamoja)Hatujambomwalimu!

  1. Kufungianambariunapoorodhesha,kwamfano: (i)

(ii)

(iii)

  1. Kutoanenojinginelenyemaanasawa,kwamfano:Msichana(banati)ndiyealiyetia
  2. Kufungia mifano katika orodha au ufafanuzi, kwa mfano: Msukosuko wa kijamii (ghasia, vurugu, kutokuelewanaaumigogoroyakikabila)maranyingihusababishwanatofautizakitamaduni,kisiasa au kiuchumi katika jamii.

 

 

8.4.     Matumiziyakistarikifupi(-)

  1. Kutenganishatarehe,mwezi,namwaka.Mfano:23-09-
  2. Kutoamaelezozaidi,kwamfano:Mgeniwetu-aliyetarajiwakutoaushauri-alitumaudhuruwa kutokuja kupitia kwa mwakilishi wake.
  3. Kutenganishamanenomawiliyaliyounganishwailikuundanominoambata,kwamfano,kitenzi-
  4. Mfano:Watuwengi wameathiriwa na msukosuko wa kija- mii unaosababishwa na migogoro ya kijamii.

 

 

  1. Kuonyeshakipindifulanichawakatiaukuanziamahalifulanihadipengine,kwamfano:Safariya Naivasha-Moshiilichukuamudamrefu.Shulezilifungwakwasababuyajangalakoronamwaka wa 2020-2021.
  2. Kutengasilabikatikaneno,kwamfanonenomsukosukolinasilabitano:m-su-ko-su-

 

 

8.5.     NgeliyaU-ZI

  • NgeliyaU-ZInikundilanominoambazohuanzakwaherufiuauwkatikaumoja,lakinikatika wingi huchukua mianzo tofauti.
  • Kwamfano:
    • Wembe-nyembe:huanzakwawkatikaumojananykatika
    • Uzi-nyuzi:huanzakwaukatikaumojananykatika
    • Ukuta-kuta:huanzakwauKatikawingiuhudondoshwa.
    • Ubao-mbao:huanzakwaukatikaumojanambkatika
    • Ulimi-ndimi:huanzakwaukatikaumojanandkatika
  • NominozangeliyaU-ZIzinapotumikakatikasentensi,huwakilishwanakiambishiukatikaumoja na zi katika wingi
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
Umoja Wingi
Uawakoumejengwa vizuri. Nyuazenuzimejengwavizuri.
Udiunaochomwaunatoaharufunzuri. Nyudizinazochomwazinatoaharufunzuri.
Ukoowetuunatambulikanawengi. Koozetuzinatambulikanawengi.
Ukutahuuunaufaunaoweza kuubomoa. Kutahizizinanyufazinazowezakuzibomoa.
Ulimiunawezakujenganakubomoa. Ndimizinawezakujenganakubomoa.
Uziuliotumiwakufungiaufagioulitokana. Nyuzizilizotumiwakufungiafagiozilitokana.
Wayahuuuna kutu. Nyayahizizina kutu.
Wembeuliomkataulikuwampya. Nyembezilizowakatazilikuwampya.

 

 

8.6.     NgeliyaYA-YA

  • NgeliyaYA-YAhujumuishanominoambazo:
  • Hazihesabikikamakitukimoja,kwamfano:
    • madaraka
    • madhara
    • maisha
    • malipo
    • mandhari
    • manukato
    • maumivu
    • mazingira
  • Nimajinayavituvioevu,kamavile:

                               mafuta                                                                                                                                      

 

 

  • maji
  • manukato
  • marashi
  • mate
  • maziwa
  • Hubakivilevilekatikaumojanawingi,kwamfano:
    • maji–maji
    • mate–mate
    • maudhui–maudhui
  • NominokatikangeliyaYA-YAzinapotumikakatikasentensihuwakilishwanakiambishiyakatika umoja na ya katika wingi kwa sababu hazibadiliki katika umoja na wingi.
  • Mfano:
Umoja Wingi
Majiyamemwagika. Majiyamemwagika.
Manukatoyaliyonunuliwayananukia. Manukatoyaliyonunuliwayananukia.

 

9.   MATUMIZIYAVIFAAVYAKIDIJITALIKATIKA BIASHARA

9.1.     Sauti/j/na/nj/

  • Sautijhutamkiwamahalipamojanasautinjkinywani,lakinihewahupitishiwamdomoniwalasi
  • Kwamfano:
    • bajaji
    • chajio
    • daraja
    • jaa
    • jaji
    • jamvi
    • jana
    • jiji
    • jozi
    • jungu
    • kidijitali
    • kuja
    • majani
    • mtaji
    • shajara
    • ujasiri
  • Sauti/nj/hutamkwasehemuyakatiyaulimiikiwaimeguzasehemuyajuuyakatikatiyakinywana hewa kufungiwa ili ipitie puani kabla ya kuachiliwa.
  • Kwamfano:
    • kionjamchuzi
    • kunja
    • mjanja
    • njia
    • njiwa
    • njozi
    • njumu
    • njuti
    • uwanja
    • vunja

 

 

9.2.     Insha:Masimulizi

  • Inshayamasimulizikwakawaidahuwa na utangulizi, mwili na hitimisho.
  • Kilaayahuelezawazomojanakulikuza

 

 

kikamilifu.Mawazo hayahujengwakwakuzingatiamadayamasimulizi.

  • Mbalinamuundo,vipengelevinginevinavyozingatiwakatikaukuzajiwawazobainayaayaza insha ya masimulizi ni mada, muktadha, wahusika, hoja, na mtiririko bora wa matukio.
  • Hojakatikainshayamasimulizihukuzwakulingananamada.
  • Muktadha ni mazingira au hali inayoathiri maana ya tukio fulani. Muktadha katika insha ya masimulizihusaidiakutoamaanakamiliyainshahiyokwakuwekamipaka.Teknolojiakamamada, kwa mfano, inaweza kujadiliwa katika muktadha wa biashara, mawasiliano au maendeleo ya
  • Kilahojahuandikwa katika aya yake na kuelezwa ipasavyo.
  • Mtiririkonimfuatanowa mawazo katika insha.

 

 

9.3.     NgeliyaLI

  • Nominokatikangeliya Llhazibadilikikatikaumojana
  • Nominohizipiahazihesabikikamavitukimoja
  • Nominohizihupatanishwakisarufinakiambishi-li-zinapotumikakatikasentensi
  • Kwamfano:
    • giza
    • jasho
    • joto
    • shamba
    • vunda
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Gizalimesababishawafanyabiasharawafungebiashara
  • Jasholimetiririkalikaloweshashati
  • Jotolimezidikatikamsimuhuuwa
  • Jualimefunikwanamawingunakusababishabaridi
  • Vumbalasamakiwalioozalilieneaeneo

 

 

9.4.     NgeliyaKU

  • NgeliyaKUhujumuishanominozinazoundwakutokananavitenzi,yaani,nominozavitenzi-
  • Vitenzihupachikwakiambishiku-mwanzoninakuwanominokatikangeliyaKU.
  • Kwamfano:
    • kucheza
    • kufanya
    • kuimba
    • kula
    • kulima

                     kunywa                                                                                                                                            

 

 

  • kupiga
  • kupika
  • kusoma
  • kutumia
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Kufanyabiasharakumewanufaisha
  • Kupigasimuhukuukiendeshagarikumepigwa
  • Kusomakwabidiikutafanikishamstakabali
  • Kutembeagizanikutakuletea
  • Kutumiamtandao kutangazabiasharayakekumemleteafaida

 

 

9.5.     NgeliyaPA-KU-MU

  • NgeliyaPA-KU-MUningeliyamahali.Nominozangelihiihurejelea
  • Kwamfano:PA-hurejeleamahalikaribu;KU-hurejeleamahalimbali;naMU-hurejeleamahali
  • Nominozakawaidazinapoongezwakiambishi-nimwishoni,piahuingiakatikangeliya

Kwamfano: Shuleshuleni.

  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Shulenimwetumnawanafunzi
  • Mahaliambapomlindalangohukaapamewekwa
  • Shambanikulikofyekwa
    • NominozangeliyaPA-KU-MUhupatanishwakisarufinaviambishipa-,ku-namu-aum-

zinapotumikakatikasentensi,kamailivyoonyeshwakatikamifanoyasentensiulizosoma.

 

10.   KUKABILIANANAMSONGOWA MAWAZO

10.1.     Malumbanoyautani

  • Malumbanoyautaninimajibizanokatiyawatuwawiliaumakundimawiliyawatukwakutumia mzaha, kejeli na chuku kwa lengo la kuchekesha au kusisimua.
  • Katikamalumbanoyautani,maranyingilughayaucheshihutumikakwalengolakuletafurahana
  • Malumbanohayayanawezakutokeakatiya:
  • Mababuaumabibinawajukuu
  • Watuwaukoommojaau katiyawatuwakoombili
  • Watuwarika
    • Katikakuwasilishamalumbanoyautani,vipengelevifuatavyohuzingatiwa:
  1. Malumbanoyautanihutokeakatiyawatuwawiliaumakundimawiliya
  2. Utaniunamisinginamipaka
  3. Watuhawahufanyianamizahaambayo inadhihirisha uhusiano mwema kati yao.
  4. Mbinuyachukuhutumiwakwakiasikikubwailikusisitizaaukukejelisifa
  5. Malumbanoyautaniyanawezakuwaya
  6. Huchukuamtindowaushindani,kilammojaakijaribukumpiku
  7. Wakatimwinginewatuhutaniawatuwasiokuwepo,hasakatikamaigizoya
  8. Lughayaucheshinaisiyorasmihutumiwakatikakuwasilishamalumbanoya

 

 

10.2.     Wahusikakatikafasihi

  • Wahusikakatikafasihini watu,wanyamaauviumbewanaozungumziwakatikakaziza
  • Wahusikakatikashairiwanawezakuwawatu,wanyamaauviumbe
  • Wahusikahusaidiamwandishikujengamaudhuinakukuzaplotiyakazi
  • Mbalinabinadamunaviumbewengine,mashairiwakatimwinginehuwanamhusikaambayendiye sauti inayozungumza katika shairi.
  • Mhusikahuyuhuwahabainikimojakwamojakwasababunisautituya
  • Katikamashairikamahayo,mhusikahuyohutambulikakamanafsineni,yaani,ninafsiinayonenaau
  • Maranyingi,nafsinenihuwanimtunzi

 

 

10.3.     Baruayakuombakazi

  • Baruarasmiyakuombakazinibaruainayoandikwanamtuanayewasilishaombilakazikwashirika au kampuni fulani.
  • Baruarasmiyakuombakaziinapaswakuzingatiavipengelevifuatavyo:
  1. Muundo:Muundowabaruarasmiyakuombakazihujumuishasehemu zifuatazo:
    1. Anwani–Baruarasmiyakuombakazihuwanaanwanimbili:yamwandishinaya

 

 

anayeandikiwa.

  1. Tareheyakuandikwabarua –Tareheambayobarua
  2. Mtajo–Baruarasmiyakuombakazihuelekezwakwamwajirimtarajiwa,kwamfano,

KwaMenejawaRasilimaliWatu,KwaMenejaMkuuauKwaBi/Bw.

  1. Sababuyakuandikabarua–Sababuhudokezwakwamanenoyaliyofupishwa,kwa mfano: ‘Kuh’ (Kuhusu), ‘Mint’ (Mintarafu).
  2. Utangulizi–Hujumuishamadhumuniyakuandikabarua.Katikautangulizi,elezapia jinsi ulivyopata habari kuhusu nafasi ya kazi.
  3. Mwiliwabarua–Katikasehemuhii,maelezomahususikuhusuombilakazihutolewa. Mawazo hupangwa kwa aya, kila aya ikiwa na wazo maalumu.
  4. Hitimisho – Barua rasmi ya kuomba kazi huhitimishwa kwa maagano na kueleza matumainiyakupewanafasi.Mwandishihuwekasahihiyake,ikifuatwanajinalake.
  1. Ujumbe:Ujumbehuuhuhusianamojakwa moja na aina ya kazi inayotolewa ombi pamoja na ithibati zinazohusiana na kazi hiyo.
  2. Lugharasmihutumiwakatikabaruayaaina

 

 

Mfano:

BellaNurdin

KibingotiJumuiya,S.L.P10, Kibarani.

 

15/7/2025

 

 

MenejaMkuu,

HospitaliYaHudumaKwaJamii,

S.L.P200100101,

Kilaguni.

 

KwaBibi/Bwana,

 

KUH:MAOMBIYAKAZIYAUUGUZI(NAFASI/1/1040)

NaandikabaruahiikuombanafasiyakaziyauuguzikatikaHospitaliyaHudumaKwaJamiiambayo ilitangazwa katika Gazeti la Nyota, toleo la Jumanne tarehe 8/7/2025.

 

NilihitimunastashahadayaUuguzikutokaChuoChaMafunzoyaMatibabuchaMasakamwakawa 2022. Aidha, nimepata mafunzo ya ushauri na uelekezaji yanayohusiana na masuala ya matibabu.

 

Nimepatafursayakutumiaujuziwangukamamuuguzinamshaurikatikazahanatindogomtaani KilaguniiitwayoTibaMedicalServiceskwamiakamiwilisasa.Katikamudahuo,nimewezakutekeleza majukumu yangu kwa ufanisi bila kusimamiwa, hali iliyonipelekea kutunukiwa tuzo ya Mshauri Bora katikaZahanatiyaTibamwakauliopita.Hilililiwezekanakwamapendekezoyawenzanguambao walinufaikasananaushauriwanguuliowasaidiakukabiliananamsongowamawazokutokanana shinikizo za kitaaluma.

 

 

Falsafayanguyakitaalumanikufanyakazikwaushirikianonawenzangu.Ninaaminikwambanikipewa nafasi katika hospitali yenu, nitaweza kutoa mchango chanya wa kibinafsi utakaowafaa wadau wote pamoja na wateja wetu wanaohitaji huduma ninazoweza kuwapatia.

 

Pamojanabaruahiiyamaombi,nimeambatishawasifuwangupamojanavyetinastakabadhinyingine zinazoonyesha ufaafu wangu kwa nafasi hii. Natarajia kusikia kutoka kwako karibuni.

 

Wakomwaminifu,

 

 

BellaNurdin

 

10.4.     Vinyumevyavihusishi

  • Vihusishinimanenoyanayoonyeshauhusianokatiyamanenomawiliaukatiyasehemumbili tofauti katika sentensi.
  • Vinyumevyavihusishihutoamaelezoyenyesifainayokinzananakihusishicha
  • Kwamfano:
Kihusishi Kinyumechakihusishi
chiniya juuya
nyumaya mbeleya
mbali na karibuna
kablaya baadaya
njeya ndani ya
mwanzowa mwisho wa
  • Mifanoyavihusishihivinikamavile:
    • kadriya
    • kati ya
    • mpaka
    • ubavunipa
    • upandewa
    • wakatiwa
    • zaidiya
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  • Daudialifikashulenibaadaya
  • Daudialifikashulenikablaya
  • Meshackamesimamambeleyamzazi
  • Meshackamesimamanyumayamzazi

 

11.   HAKIZA KIBINADAMU

11.1.     Uzungumzaji katikasherehe

  • Uzungumzajikatikasherehehufanyikakatikamuktadhayasherehezajamiikamavile:
  • katikaharusi
  • katikamazishiaumatanga
  • katikasherehezamaadhimishoyasikukuuzakitaifa
  • kuhitimu
  • shereheyakutoazawadi
  • sherehezakifamilia
  • sikuyakuzaliwaausikumuhimukwa wanajamii
  • sikuyawazazishuleni
    • Vipengelevinavyozingatiwakatikauzungumzajikatikasherehehizini:
  1. muktadhawasherehe,kamanishereherasmiauisiyo rasmi
  2. ainayasherehe,kwamfanokamanishereheyafurahakamaharusiauyahuzunikama matanga au maombolezo
  3. matumiziyalughakulingananahadhiraauwatukatikajamiiwaliohudhuria,kamani wageni, wanafamilia, watoto au watu wazima
  4. kujikitakatikakiinichasuala

 

 

11.2.     Kusomakwamapana

  • Kusomakwamapananikusomaainambalimbalizamatinikwalengolakupataujuziwajumlawa jambo au kupata maarifa ya kimsingi.
  • Nimtindowakujifunzaaukusomakwaundanizaidi,ambapomsomianachunguzamadakwakiasi kikubwa na kwa upeo mpana.
  • Hiiinahusishakutazamavipengelevingivyasualaaudhananakuelewakwakinabilakuegemea sehemu moja tu ya mada.
  • Nimbinuambayohutumikahasakatikautafitiaukujifunzakwakinanamaranyingihujumuisha ufahamu wa muktadha, mifano, na michango ya mawazo mbali mbali.
  • Ufahamuwakusomakwamapan”unawezakujumuisha:
    • Kuchunguzamaudhuimbalimbali:Badalayakuzingatianadhariaauwazomoja,msomi anachunguzamasuala,mifanonamuktadhambalimbaliilikupatapichakamiliyamada.
    • Ulinganifunautofautiwamawazo:Kujuamitazamotofautikuhususualafulaninakuelewa jinsi inavyohusiana na mitindo mingine ya kufikiri.
    • Kujuamuktadhawakihistorianakijamii:Hiinimuhimuilikuelewakwaundanimabadiliko au athari zinazoweza kutokea kutokana na suala fulani.

 

 

11.3.     Insha:MaelezoII

  • Inshazamaelezoniainayamaandishiambayohutoaufafanuzikuhusumtu,kitu,auhali
  • Lengokuulainshahizinikutoapichawazinayakinakuhusujambofulani,ilimsomajiaweze

 

 

kuelewavyema nakuonakile kinachoelezewa.

  • Mwandishihutumiamanenokwaumakiniilikuonyeshavipengelevyakipekeeauvyakuvutiavya kile kinachozungumziwa, akijitahidi kutoa maelezo ya kina na ya kuvutia.
  • Mtazamokatikainshazamaelezohudhihirishwanajinsimwandishianavyochukuliajambona kulieleza kulingana na maoni yake.
  • Mtazamohuuunawezakuwawakusifu,ambapomwandishianatoapichanzurinayakipekeeya kitu, mtu au hali, akionyesha urembo au uzuri wake.
  • Kwaupandemwingine,mtazamowakukashifuunawezakuonyeshapandehasiauudhaifuwa jambo, huku mwandishi akieleza hasara au mapungufu yake.
  • Aidha,mtazamowakuhimizaunawezakuwanalengolakuhamasishaaukuchocheahatua,ambapo mwandishi anaonyesha umuhimu au manufaa ya jambo fulani na kuhamasisha wasomi kuchukua hatua au kufikiria kwa undani kuhusu mada hiyo.
  • Inshazamaelezozinawezakujumuishamifano,taswira,nahisiailikuifanyahadhiraiweze kuhusiana na kile kinachoelezewa.
  • Mtindowamwandishinalughaanayotumianimuhimukatikakufikishaujumbekwausahihinakwa
  • Kwahiyo,mtazamowamwandishikatikainshahiziunakuwanamchangomkubwakatikanamna inavyoweza kukubalika au kutohusiana na wasomi.

 

 

11.4.     Mnyambulikowavitenzi:Kauliyakutendana

  • Vitenzivikinyambuliwakatikakauliyakutendanahuwasilishamaanakuwakunawahusikawawili ambao kila mmoja anatenda kitendo hicho kwa mwenzake.
  • Vitenzikatikakaulihiihuwakilishwanakiambishi-anamwishonimwakitenzi,kwamfano:
Kutenda Kutendana
Andika Andikana
Beba Bebana
Penda Pendana
Shika Shikana
Soma Somana
Suka Sukana
Tega Tegana
Tuma Tumana
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  1. Binadamukoteulimwenguniwanafaa
  2. Nimuhimukuunganakatikakulindahakiza
  3. Sikosakwamajiranikuombanakile
  4. Sisinimarafikiwemanandiosababutunatunzanakila
  5. Tunafaakuhimizanakuheshimuhakizoteza
  6. Wateteziwahakizakibinadamunawapinzaniwaowalisomanamawazokablayakutoakauli
  7. Watotowalishikanamikonowakivuka

 

 

11.5.     Mnyambulikowavitenzi:Kauliyakutendeana

  • Vitenzivikinyambuliwakatikakauliyakutendeanahuwasilishamaanakuwakunawahusikawawili, ambapo mmoja anatenda kitendo kwa niaba ya mwenzake au ili mwenzake afaidike kwa kitendo
  • Vitenzivikinyambuliwakatikakauliyakutendeanahuishiakwaviambishi-eanaau-iana,-lianaau

-leana,kwamfano:

Kutenda Kutendeana
Amua Amulia
Kimbia Kimbiliana
Kumbatia Kumbatiana
Lima Limiana
Pokea Pokeleana
Shika Shikiana
Soma Someana
  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  1. Gavananambungewaliwasilishianamichangowalipokutanakatika
  2. Mamanamtotowakewalikumbatianawalipokutanabaadaya
  3. Miakayahaponyuma,njiaborayakujulianahalibainayajamaanamarafikiilikuwa kuandikiana barua.
  4. Nimuhimukuulizianajinsiyakudumishahakiza
  5. Sisihusahihishianainshazetu
  6. Wateteziwahakizakibinadamunawenyejiwaowalipokeleanakwa
  7. Watuwanafaakushughulikianakatikamaishakwakuwahamna

 

 

11.6.     Mnyambulikowavitenzi:Kauliyakutendesha

  • Vitenzivikinyambuliwakatikakauliyakutendeshahuwasilishamaanakuwamtuaukitu kimesababisha kingine kutenda kitendo.
  • Vitenzivikinyambuliwakatikakauliyakutendeshahuishiakwaviambishi-esha,-via,-isha,au-za, kwa mfano:
Kutenda Kutendesha
Chomoa Chomoza
Kimbia Kimbiza
La Lisha
Panga Pangisha
Soma Somesha

 

  • Mifanokatikasentensi:
  1. Alialielezavilerafikiyakealivyomwangushawalipokuwa
  2. Kakaalimlishamtoto

       c)Kisatulichokisomakilituchekeshasana.                                                                                                  

 

 

  1. Mamaalimtembezamtotonjealipoanzakuliakwenye
  2. Mwalimualimsimamishamteteziwahakizakibinadamu
  3. Mwalimuametusomeshakuhusuhakiza
  4. Mwalimumkuualimpishamgeniwaheshimailiatoehotuba

 

 

 

 

 

12.   MAGONJWAYANAYOTOKANANAMIENENDOYA MAISHA

12.1.     Ufahamuwakusikiliza

Mamboyakuzingatiakatikaufahamuwakusikiliza:

  1. Kuachakuzungumzaaukushughulikanamambomenginewakati
  2. Kuchunguzamitazamonamaoniyamzungumzajiilikuelewa
  3. Kuepukakuingiliamtuanapozungumzakablayakumalizakauli
  4. Kujibuipasavyokutegemeaujumbe
  5. Kukadiriaainayamsamiatinavifunguvyamanenovinavyotumiwana
  6. Kutiliamaananianachosemamzungumzajipamojanakusomaisharazamwili
  7. Kutolazimishamaoniyakoausuluhishokwa
  8. Kutulianakuwa
  9. Kuwasilianakwaisharazakimwili,kamavilekukubalikwakichwaaukutumiamaneno yanayoonyesha kwamba unasikiliza kwa umakinifu.

 

 

12.2.     Kusomakwaufasaha

  • Usomajiufaaonihaliyakusomamaandishikwanjiaambayowasikilizajiwanawezakusikiavizuri na kuelewa ujumbe.
  • Vipengelevyakuzingatiakatikakusomakwaufasaha:
  • Kusomakwakuzingatiamatamshiboraya
  • Kusomakwakasi
  • Kusomakwasauti
  • Kusomakwakutumiaisharazakimwili
  • Kuingatiaalamazauakifishaji
  • Kuingatiakiwangochasautinakiimbokutegemeaujumbewanenoausentensi

 

 

12.3.     Insha:Hotubayakushawishi

  • Hotubanimazungumzorasmiyanayotolewakwa
  • Hotubayakushawishinihotubaambayolengolakekuunikuwashawishiwasikilizajikukubaliana na wazo au hoja fulani au kuchukua hatua au msimamo fulani.
  • Hotubayakushawishiinawezakutolewakatikamazingirambalimbali,ikiwanipamojanamuktadha ya kisiasa, biashara, elimu au hata katika maisha ya kila siku.
  • Vipengelevyakuzingatiakatikakuandikahotubayakushawishi ni:
    • Kutoahojazilizonaushahidi,uthibitishoaudatailikumpamsikilizajisababuzakukubalina kuchukua hatua fulani.
    • Kujumuishahadithizakibinafsiaumifanohalisiinayohusiananasualalinalozungumziwaili kushawishi msikilizaji.
    • Kutumialughayenyemvutoilikuwavutianakuwashawishiwasikilizajikuchukuamsimamo fulani au kukubaliana na msemaji.

 

 

  • Kumpamsikilizajihakikishonakumwondoleawasiwasiwowoteiliaweze
  • Kumaliziakwakutoawitowakuwatakawasikilizajikuchukuahatuaaukufanyajambofulani baada ya kusikiliza hotuba.
  • Lengolahotubahiinikumshawishimsikilizajikufanyakitufulaniaukubadilishamtazamowake kuhusu suala fulani.
  • Hotubayakushawishihuchukuamuundowahotubanyingineza
  • Hotubahii:
  1. Huwanautangulizi,mwili,na
  2. Huandikwakatikaalamazakufunguausemimwanzoninakufungwakwaalamazakufunga
  3. Utanguliziwakehuanzakwasalamuzinazotambuahadhimbalimbalizawasikilizajina kufuatwa na lengo la hotuba yenyewe.
  4. Kilahojahuwasilishwakatikaayayake, ikiungwa mkono na mifano au ithibati za kuaminika ili iweze kushawishi.
  5. Hitimisho huangazia kwa muhtasari hoja muhimu ambazo hadhira inapaswa kuzingatia kutokananahotubapamojanakutoawitounaoandamananaujumbe.Mwishokabisa,hatibu huwashukuru waliohudhuria kwa kumsikiliza.
    • Hotubahufungwakwaalamazakufunga

 

Mfano:

HotubayaAfisawaAfyakatikaHaflayaKaunti

“MheshimiwaGavana,WaziriwaAfya,MkurugenziwaHospitaliyaTaifa,maafisawenzanguwaafya, wakuu wa shule, wazazi na wanafunzi, hamjambo? Naitwa Bi. Dawama Bakari. Ninafanya kazi katika sekta ya afya. Nimefurahi kupokea mwaliko kutoka kwa Gavana wenu, Bw. Matayarisho, kuhutubia kikaohikikuhususualalinalonigusamoyonisana,lamagonjwa yanayotokananamienendoyamaisha.

 

Afya ni kitu muhimu sana katika maisha yetu. Tunapoona umati huu wenye afya njema, tunafurahi. Hatahivyo,tusisahaukuwakunamagonjwayanayosababishwanamienendoyamaishaambayo yanawezakutushambuliaupesikamaumeme.Magonjwaninayorejeleahapanikamavilekisukari, unene wa kupindukia, shinikizo la damu na aina mbalimbali za saratani. Magonjwa haya yanaweza kusababishwa na mienendo ya maisha yetu, ikiwemo ukosefu wa mazoezi ya mwili, lishe isiyofaa, uvutaji wa sigara, na unywaji wa pombe kupindukia.

 

TakwimuzahivikaribunikutokakwaShirikalaAfyaDunianizinaonyeshakuwamagonjwahaya yanazidikuongezekaulimwengunikote.Mienendoyamaishainajumuishaainayashughuli tunazofanyakilasiku,vyakulatunavyokula,mudawakulala,mazoeziyamwili,namatumiziyasigara napombe. Mienendohiiinapokuwamibayandiyoinayosababishakuibukakwamagonjwakama hayo.

 

Hata hivyo, tusikate tamaa kwa sababu tunaweza kubadilisha hali hii. Ni muhimu kutambua kwamba magonjwahayahayasambaikutokakwamtummojahadimwingine.Lichayahilo,hatunabudi kujitathminivyema.Kumbuka,njiaborayakudumishaafyanjemanikulavyakulavyakiasili,mboga, na kufanya mazoezi. Tunapaswa kuacha tabia za kuvuta sigara na kunywa pombe kupita kiasi.

 

 

Inashangaza kuwa magonjwa haya yaliyokuwa yakichukuliwa kama ‘magonjwa ya matajiri’ yanazidi kuongezeka hata huku mashinani. Ni muhimu kuchukua hatua sasa kwani magonjwa haya yanaweza kusababishaulemavunavifo,nakutwikafamilianaserikalimzigomzitowakiuchumikwahudumaza afya.ShirikalaAfyaDunianilinatabirikuwaasilimiasitininamojayavifovitasababishwana magonjwa haya ifikapo mwaka wa 2030. Sasa ndio wakati mwema wa kuchukua hatua za dharura.

 

Ningependa kumalizia kwa kuwaomba nyote kutafakari kwa kina juu ya ujumbe wangu. Tushirikiane kudhibitimagonjwayanayosababishwanamienendoyamaisha.Tukiungana,tutashindajangahili, kwani umoja ni nguvu, utengano ni udhaifu. Asanteni sana!”

 

12.4.     Sentensitata

  • Sentensitatanisentensiambazohuwezakuwanamaanazaidiya
  • Utatakatikasentensihusababishwanamambokamayafuatayo:
  1. Matumiziyanahau,hasaiwapomsikilizajihaelewikuwaninahau.Kwamfano:Nyanyayangu amekula chumvi. Sentensi hii inaweza kuleta maana kuwa:
    • Nyanyaametumiachumvikamavilekwenye
    • Nyanyaameishikwamiaka

 

  1. Matumiziyamanenoyenyemaanazaidiyamoja,kwamfano: Mamaamenunua

Sentensihiiinawezakumaanisha:

  • Mamaamemnunuamnyamawakufugaambayeanaitwa
  • Mamaamenunuakifaachakukunianazikinachoitwa

Ilikuondoautatahuu,unawezakutoamaelezozaidiyatakayobainishakinachorejelewa,kwa mfano:

  • Mamaalimnunua
  • Mamaalinunuambuziyakukunia

 

  1. Mnyambulikofulaniwavitenzi,kwamfano:Katikasentensihii, ‘alimkimbilia’ inaweza kumaanisha:
    • Mtotoalikimbiakwaniabaya
    • Mtotoalikimbiakuelekeakwa

 

  1. Matumiziyasiyokuwasahihiyaviunganishiauvihusishipiayanawezakuletautata,kwamfano:

Anachoranakijiti.Sentensihiiinawezakumaanishakuwa:

  • Anachoraakiwapamojana
  • Anachorakwakutumia

Ilikuondoautatakatikasentensihii,tunawezakusema:Anachorakwakijiti.

 

13.   MSHIKAMANOWA KIJAMII

13.1.     Mawaidha I

  • Mawaidhaniushaurianaopewamtukuhususuala
  • Mawaidhahujumuishamaarifa,mafunzonamaonyoambayohudhamiriwakumpamtumwongozo wa kutekeleza mambo mbalimbali.
  • Katikafasihisimulizi,mawaidhayanawezakutolewakatikavikaoausherehemaalumukamavile jandoni, unyagoni au katika harusi.
  • Mawaidhahuwasilishwakupitiatungonyinginezafasihisimulizikamavilehadithi,methali, mashairi na nyimbo.
  • Anayetoamawaidhahuitwa
  • Wanaopokeamawaidhahuitwa
  • Mbalinafananinahadhira,mawaidhayanawezakujumuishawahusikawenginekutegemeajinsi

 

 

13.2.     Matumiziyalugha:UshairiIV

  • Matumiziyalughanijinsimtunziaumwandishiwakaziyafasihianavyotumiamanenokwa ubunifu ili kuwasilisha ujumbe.
  • Baadhiyambinuzalughanikamavile:
  1. Tashbihi–kulinganishavituviwilivinavyofananakwabaadhiya
  2. Tashhisi–kuonyeshahisiaauhaliyamtukwakutumiamanenoyanayooneshahisia
  3. Sitiari–kubadilishamaanayanenomojakwakutumiatafsirinyingineilikuonyeshapichaau hali fulani.
  4. Tasfida–kutumiamanenoyaziadailikutoamaanailiyozidiaukuimarishapicha
  5. Urudiaji–kuimarishamaanakwakurudianenoaukipengelefulanikatikasentensiaukifungu cha maneno.
  6. Tanakalizasauti–kuonyeshaufanisiwasautikatikakifasihi;kurudiasautiauherufifulani mwanzoni mwa maneno au kurudia sauti za vokali.
  7. Methali–usemiwakifasihiunaotumiamfanowamaishailikutoafunzoau
  8. Nahau–usemiwakifasihiuliojaamaanamaalum,ambapomanenohuchukuamaananyingine isiyokuwa ya kawaida.
  9. Utohozi–mbinuinayohusishauhamishajiwamaanakutokasehemumojahadinyingine,ikiwa ni njia ya kutumia mtindo wa kifasihi.
  10. Misemo–Nimanenoauusemiunaotumikakutoamaanafulanikatikajamii,kamavilemethali lakini mara nyingi hutumika kama maneno ya kawaida yenye maana ya ziada.

 

  • Mbalinambinuzalughazilizotajwahapojuu,ushairihuwanamatumiziyalughamaalumkama vile:
    • Kufupishamaneno,kwamfano:kipuziliabadalayaukipuuzilia.Mbinuhiihuitwainkisari.
    • Kurefushamaneno,kwamfano:hayanobadalayahaya.Mbinuhiihuitwamazidakatika

 

 

  • Kubadilishasauti,hasasautiyamwishokatikamaneno,kwamfano:shukuribadalaya

shukuru.Mbinuhiihuitwatabdila.

  • Kubadilishampangiliowamanenokatikamshororo,kwamfano:umojakuzingatiabadalaya

ukizingatiaumoja.

  • KutumiamsamiatiwakikaleauKiswahilichakale,kwamfanomaozibadalayamacho.
  • Matumiziyalughakamayaliyoelezwahapojuuhumsaidiamtunzikupataulinganifuwaidadiya mizani katika mshororo au ulinganifu wa vina.

 

 

13.3.     Insha:MaelezoIII

  • Inshayamaelezohutoaufafanuzikuhusumtu,kitujamboauhali
  • Inshayamaelezokuhusuhalihuelezajinsihaliinayozungumziwa
  • Ilikuielezahalivyema,inshahiihutumialughainayojengapichakamilikwakutumianomino, vivumishi, vielezi, vitenzi na mbinu mbalimbali za lugha.
  • Katikakuandikainshayamaelezokuhusuhali,vipengelevifuatavyohuzingatiwa:
  1. Maudhui:Maudhuihuoananahali
  2. Muundo:Muundowainshayaainahiihuwanaanwani,utangulizi,mwilina
  3. Lugha:Lughayakimaelezoauyakiufafanuzi

 

 

13.4.     Ukanushajiwahaliyamashartiya-nge-

  • Kukanushanikukataajambo
  • Viambishivyaukanushajikwakawaidaniha-,hu-nasi-.

Tunapokanushamashartiya-nge-,kiambishisi-chaukanushondichohutumikakwakuwekwakabla ya -nge-.

  • Kwamfano:
Uyakinifu Ukanushaji
Angeshonaingemtoshea. Asingeshonaisingemtoshea.
Ningekujamapemaningekupata Nisingekujamapemanisingekupata
Ningetembeaningechelewa. Nisingetembeanisingechelewa.
Opiyoangewaunganishawangekujapamoja Opiyoasingewaunganishawasingekuwapamoja
Ungekujaungempata. Usingekujausingempata.
Ungesomaungepatamaarifa Usingesomausingepatamaarifa
  • Sentensizinapokanushwakatikahaliyamashartiya-nge-humaanishakuwavitenzivyote vilivyokanushwa na vyenye -nge- ya masharti vinatendeka.

 

 

13.5.     Ukanushajiwahaliyamashartiya-ngali-

  • Tunapokanushahaliyamashartiya-ngali-,kiambishisi-chaukanushohutumikakablaya-ngali-.
  • Kwamfano:
Uyakinifu Ukanushaji
Angalimshikambwaangalimuuma. Asingalimshikambwaasingalimuuma.
Ningalimtembeleaangalifurahi. Nisingalimtembeleaasingalifurahi.
Ungalikujaungalinipata. Usingalikujausingalinipata.

 

  • Sentensi zinapokanushwa katika hali ya masharti ya -ngali- humaanisha kuwa vitenzi vyote vilivyokanushwavinatendeka,maanavinategemeana.Kitendochapilikinategemeachakwanza.
  • -ngehutumiwana-ngekwapamojana-ngali,na-ngalikwapamojanahavichanganyiukanusho

 

 

13.6.     Ukanushajiwahaliyamashartiya-ki-

  • Tunapokanushahaliyamashartiya-ki-,kiambishi-sipo-chaukanushohutumikabadalaya-ki-ya
  • Viambishivyaukanushoha-,hu-nasi-hutumikakulinganananafsi
  • Kwamfano:
Uyakinifu Ukanushaji
Akiungananawenzakeatasaidiwa. Asipoungananawenzakehatasaidiwa.
Nikimtembeleanitampelekeazawadi. Nisipomtembeleasitampelekeazawadi.
Ukiuzakwabeinafuuutapatawateja. Usipouzakwabeinafuuhutapatawateja.
  • Sentensizinapokanushwakatikahaliyamashartiya-ki-humaanishakuwavitenzivyote vilivyokanushwa havitendeki, tofauti na ilivyo katika -nge- na -ngali-.
  • Kitendochapilikinakosakutokeakwasababukitendochakwanza

 

14.   MATUMIZIYAKODI

14.1.     MawaidhaII

  • Mawaidhaaghalabuhutolewa katika muktadha rasmi kama vile jandoni, katika arusi, na sherehe mbalimbali za jamii.
  • Mawaidha,vilevile,yanawezakutolewawakatiwowotenamtuyeyotealiyenaujuziauuzoefuzaidi katika suala husika.
  • Maranyingimawaidhahutolewanawatuwenyeumrimpevunatajiribapanakuhusumaisha,kama vile kiongozi wa nasaba, wazazi, wazee, imamu, kasisi, walimu na viongozi.
  • Lughainayotumiwakatikamawaidhahubadilikakutegemeahadhira,jinsia,umri,namuktadhawa mawaidha hayo.
  • Vipengelevyalughavinavyotumikakatikamawaidhanipamojanakutumia:
  1. Manenoyatakayotoawosiaufaaohuteuliwakwamakini
  2. lughanyenyekevuiliiwezekuathirihisianakushawishi msikilizaji
  3. Mbinumbalimbalizalughailikujengapichahalisiya
    • Baadhiyambinuhizinikamavilemethali,misemo,nahau,jazanda,sitiari,tashbihi,uhamasishaji, tanakali za sauti na urudiaji.
    • Mbinuhizihutumikailikuyapamawaidhauzito,mifanoyahadithiaumasimuliziyanayohusianana ujumbe wa mawaidha ili kuyapa mawaidha uhalisia na kuelezea dhana ngumu kwa njia inayoeleweka kwa urahisi, lugha wazi na iliyo rahisi kueleweka ili hadhira isichanganyikiwe na kukosa kuelewa ujumbe, sauti na kiimbo kwa utaratibu ili kujenga hisia zinazofaa na kushawishi
    • Isharazinapotumika, zinatakiwa kuwa za asili na zinazofaa kulingana na muktadha wa mawaidha na hadhira.
    • Isharahizinikamavile:
  4. kutazamahadhiraanakwaanailikuonyeshauaminifunauhusianowakibinafsi
  5. kutabasamumarakwamarailikuwafanyawatuwahisivyemahivyokurahisishaushirikina kuelewa mawaidha
  6. Hatahivyo, epuka kutumia mikono sana au kwa njia inayoweza kuwachanganya wasikilizaji
  7. kutikisakichwakuonyeshamakubaliano,kutokubaliana,aukusisitizahojafulanikatika mawaidha
  8. kuonyeshahisiausonizafuraha,huzuniaukukubaliananahadhira yako
  9. kupandisha,kushukishasautiaukubadilishakasiyakusemailikuongezeaatharizasautikwa uzito wa lugha ya mawaidha.

 

 

14.2.     Insha:ShajaraII

  • Shajaranikitabuchakurekodiamatukioyakilasikuaumudafulani
  • Shajaranimuhimukwakuwahusaidiamtuaushirikakuratibuvyemamatukiokamayalivyotokea au yatakavyofanyika.
  • Kwanjiahii,shajarahuwekakumbukumbuyamatukioyakibinafsiaukiofisikwanjiarahisiya

 

 

  • Vitabumaalumuaghalabuhutumiwakuandikashajara,ingawaunawezakujiandaliashajarayako
  • Mamboyotemuhimu yaliyotokea au yanayohitaji kukumbukwa huandikwa ndani ya kitabu au shajara hiyo.
  • Kunaainambilizashajara:
  1. Shajarayakibinafsiambapomtuhuandikamatukiomahususiyakilasikunamaazimioyakeya siku zijazo.
  2. Shajararasmiambapomatukioyakiofisihuwezakuandikwana
    • Shajarahuwanavipengelevifuatavyovyakimuundo:
  3. Anwani:Shajarahuwanaanwani,kwamfano,shajaraya
  4. Sikunatarehe:Shajarahuwanasehemuiliyoandikwasikunatareheambapomatukiotofauti yalitukia au yanayotarajiwa hunakiliwa.
  5. Shajarahuwananafasizinazoonyeshawakatimaalumunanafasiyakurekodimatukioyawakati huo kulingana na saa za siku.
  6. Baadhiyashajarahuratibiwakulingananamiezinahujumuishamieziyoteya
    • Vipengelevinginevyashajaranikuwa:
  • Shajarahuandikwakwa muhtasari
  • Rekodiyamatukiohudhamiriwakuwasirikwamtubinafsi,kamanishajarayakibinafsi,na siri kwa kampuni kama ni shajara rasmi
  • Huwanahabarirasmikamanishajararasmiauzisizorasmikamanishajarayakibinafsi
  • Shajarazakibinafsiaghalabuhurejeleawakatiuliopita,lakinishajararasmihuratibumambo

 

Mfano:

JumalaPili,mwezi wa10,mwaka2025

Siku Saa Tukio
Jumatatu 8:00asubuhi-8:30

asubuhi

MkutanonaBwanaMatafariNang’ole,AfisawaMamlakaya

KodiyaKenya.

11:00asubuhi-1:00

adhuhuri

MkutanonaBwanaMhindikatikaofisizaoviwandani.
Jumanne 9:00asubuhi-10:00

asubuhi

Kwendabenki.
2:00adhuhuri-4:00

alasiri

Kwendakufunguaakauntiyakulipiakodi.
Jumatano 7:00asubuhi-8:45

asubuhi

KuzuruMamlakayaKodiyaKenya.
9:00asubuhi-10:00

asubuhi

MafunzonaBwanaMatafariNang’olekuhusunamnayakutumia

mtandaokulipakodi.

Alhamisi 11:00asubuhi-12:00

mchana

Kufikakatikaafisiyaummainayotoahudumayausajiliwa

kampunizabiashara.

2:00adhuhuri-3:00

mchana

Kutembeleamadukayajumlamjiniyanayouzatarakilishi.

 

 

Ijumaa 7:00asubuhi-10:30

asubuhi

Kuhudhuriamnadawamifugokwenyesoko kijijini.
3:00alasiri- 4:00

alasiri

Kuwasilishastakabadhizakampuninaakauntiyaulipajikodi

kwaMamlakayaKodiyaKenya.

 

14.3.     Udogowanomino

  • Nominohuwekwakatikahaliyaudogoilikuonyeshakuwanindogokulikohaliyawastaniauya
  • Tazamamifanokwenye jedwali hili:
Kawaida Udogo
Umoja Wingi
kisu kijisu vijisu
mbuzi kibuzi vibuzi
mti kijiti vijiti
ng’ombe kigombe vigombe
nguo kiguo viguo
njia kijia vijia
  • NominozikiwekwakatikahaliyaudogohuingiakatikangeliyaKI-VI.Hiiinamaanakuwanomino hizo huanza kwa kiambishi ki- au kiji- katika umoja na vi- au viji- katika wingi.
  • Tazamamifanokatikasentensi:
Kawaida Udogo
Mbwaamebwekakwamudamrefu. Kijibwakimebwekakwamudamrefu.
Mbwawamebwekakwamudamrefu. Vijibwavimebwekakwamudamrefu.
Kitandakimenunuliwana mtalii. Kijitandakimenunuliwanamtalii.
Vitandavimenunuliwana watalii. Vijitandavimenunuliwanawatalii.

 

 

14.4.     Ukubwawanomino

  • Nominohuwekwakatikahaliyaukubwailikuonyeshakuwaukubwawakeunashindahaliya wastani au ya kawaida.
  • Nominozikiwekwakatikahaliyaukubwahuchukuamianzombalimbaliinayowakilishwana viambishi ji- au jiji- katika umoja na ma- au maji- katika wingi.
  • Wakatimwingineviambishivyaumojahavitumikikatikabaadhiyanominokatika
  • Tazamamifanokwenyejedwalihili:
  Kawaida Ukubwa  
Umoja Wingi
mbwa jibwa majibwa
mti jiti majiti
jino jijino majijino
njia jia majia

 

 

mbuzi buzi mabuzi
  • NominozikiwekwakatikahaliyaukubwahuingiakatikangeliyaLI-
  • Tazamamifanokatikasentensi:
Kawaida Ukubwa
Njiahiiitakarabatiwakesho. Jiahililitakarabatiwakesho.
Njiahizizitakarabatiwakesho. Majiahayayatakarabatiwakesho.
Ng’ombehuyuanamaziwa mengi. Gombehililinamaziwamengi.
Ng’ombehawawanamaziwa mengi. Magombehayayanamaziwamengi.

 

15.   MAADILIYA KITAIFA

15.1.     Kusikilizakwakutathmini

  • Kusikilizakwakutathmininikusikilizakwamakini,kutafakarinakufanyauchambuziwakinawa yale yanayozungumziwa ili kupata ujumbe kamili uliokusudiwa.
  • Msikilizajihutafutakujuaujumbemahususiuliomuhimu
  • Katikakusikilizakwakutathmini,vipengelevifuatavyohuzingatiwa:
  • Kukadiriakilakauliinayosemwanamzungumzaji
  • Kuelewanakubainimsimamowamzungumzajikuhusumadahusika
  • Kuchunguzaisharaanazotumiamsemaji
  • Kusikilizanakuchunguzajinsimsemajianavyozungumzakwakutumiakiimbo
  • Kutathminiumuhimunaufaafuwaujumbeunaosemwa
  • Kuulizaufafanuziaumaelezozaidi
  • Kufanyamaamuziyakibinafsikutokananaujumbewa

 

 

15.2.     Ufupisho

  • Kufupishahabarinikuitafsiriaukuiandikaupyakwamanenomachacheausentensi
  • Lengolaufupishonikutoamuhtasariwahabarimuhimubilakujumuishamaelezoyoteaumaneno yasiyo ya lazima.
  • Katikakuandikaufupisho,vipengelevifuatavyohuzingatiwa:
  1. Kutambuahojaaumawazomakuukatikamatiniilikuyaelezakwaufupi
  2. Kuelezahabariupyakwamanenoyakomwenyewe
  3. Kupunguzamaelezoyaziada
  4. Kudondoshamifano
  5. Kuandikahabariupyakwampangiliowenyemuwala
  6. Kuzingatiamaelekezoyoteyaufupisho,ikiwanipamojana:
    • Kuhakikishahujajirudiarudia
    • Kuhakikishakuwahojazotemuhimuzimejumuishwa
    • Kuhakikishaufupishounatiririkaifaavyokwamantiki
    • Kuhifadhiujumbewaasili
    • Kusomanakuhaririufupisho
    • Kutumiaviunganishivifaavyokuunganishahojamuhimukwamtiririkounaofaa
    • Kuzingatiakanunizakisarufikwausahihi

 

 

15.3.     Insha:Kujibubaruapepe

  • Katikakujibubaruapepe,mwandishihurejeleasualakatikabaruapepeambayoilitumwaawaliili kurejesha au kutoa majibu yake.
  • Vipengelevifuatavyohuzingatiwakatikakujibubaruapepe:
  1. Madayabaruapepeinayotolewamajibu inarejelewa ili kuhakikisha muktadha unabaki kama ulivyokuwa.

 

 

  1. Anwaniyabaruapepeya
  2. Anwaniyabaruapepeyaanayetumiwa
  3. Tarehenasaayakutuma
  4. Mtajo,kwamfano:Kwa(cheoaujinalampokeaji).
  5. Utanguliziwabaruapepeambaohujumuishamarejeleoyabaruapepeunayojibunashukurani kwa kupokea baruapepe ya awali.
  6. Mwiliwabaruapepeambaohutoamaelezoaumajibukwabaruainayojibiwakwaundanina
  7. Hitimisholakufungajibulabaruapepeausalamuzakuaga,kamavile:”Salamu,””Asante” au “Shukrani” ikifuatwa na jina na cheo chako, kama majibu ya baruapepe ni rasmi.
    • Unawezapiakuambatanishaviambatanishoikiwanimuhimukwa

 

 

15.4.     Usemihalisinausemiwataarifa

  • Usemihalisinimanenohalisiyaliyonukuliwakamayalivyosemanamsemaji,ilhaliusemiwataarifa ni ripoti ya yale yaliyosemwa na msemaji fulani.
  • Kanunizifuatazohuzingatiwakatikakubadilishausemihalisikuwausemiwataarifa:
  1. Alamazamtajo
  2. Badalayake,maelezohutumiwa. Kama ni kiulizi, kwa mfano, maelezo kuwa aliuliza au waliuliza hutumiwa. Kama ni alama ya hisia, maelezo kama alishangaa, alistaajabu au alimaka hutumiwa.
  3. Nyakatihubadilika,kwa mfano:
    • Wakatiuliopohaliyakuendeleahubadilikanakuwawakatiuliopitahaliyakuendelea: mfano: ninafanya mazoezi huwa alikuwa akifanya mazoezi.
    • Wakatiujaohubadilikanakuwahaliya-nge-:mfano:nitasomahuwaangesoma.
  4. Nafsiyakwanzawingihubadilikanakuwanafsiyatatu,kwamfano:Tutaimbahuwa

wangeimba.

  1. Vielezihubadilika,kwamfano:
    • Vielezivyamahali:hapahuwahapoaupale.
    • Vielezivyawakati:leohuwasikuhiyo;keshohuwasikuiliyofuata;janahuwasiku iliyotangulia na sasa huwa wakati huo.

KCSE Mokasa Kiswahili Papaer 3 Joint Exams and Marking Schemes Free Access

MWONGOZO WA MTIHANI WA II WA MOKASA

Hati ya Kuhitimu Kisomo cha Sekondari

102/3   –                       KISWAHILI                           –                       Karatasi ya 3

                                    FASIHI                                              

JULAI/AGOSTI  2023                      Muda: Saa 2½

  1. Shairi

Maswali

  • Thibitisha shairi hili ni la wanamapinduzi. (alama 3)
  • Halina idadi sawa ya mizani
  • Halina urari wa vina
  • Idadi ya mishororo inatofautiana
  • Lina idadi tofauti tofauti ya mizani

(3×1=3)

  • Eleza dhamira ya mtunzi wa shairi hili. (alama 2)

Kuonyesha maonevu/dhuluma wanazofanyiwa watu katika jamii na wenye nguvu/uwezo mkubwa (1×2=2)

  • Utungo huu unakatisha tamaa. Thibitisha kwa mifano mitano. (alama 5)
  • Fahali linatesa nadani ya zizi lake
  • Fahali la dunia linatumia mabavu/linalazimisha mambo
  • Fahali lapiga vindama na wengine wanyama
  • Fahali la dunia halina huruma
  • Fahali linazurura ovyo likitafuta wa kukandamiza
  • Fahali lajigamba likitafuta wa kukandamiza

(5×1=5)

  • Huku ukitoa miofano, onyesha jinsi idhini zifuatazo zilivyotumiwa. (alama 3)
  1. Inkisari – laoneya (linaoneya) –liso(lisilo)
  2. Mazida- lajigambaa (lajigamba)
  • Kuboronga sarufi- wengine wanyama (wanyama wengine)

(3×1=3)

  • Bainisha toni inayotawala kwenye utungo huu. (alama 2)

Masikitiko/huzuni/kutamauka- kuwepo kwa fahali linalotesa, linaoneya na kujigamba kuhusu uwezo wake

(Kutaja alama 1, kueleza alama 1)

  • Nafsi neni katika shairi ni mzindushi. Tetea kauli hii kwa hoja tatu. (alama 3)
  • Anataka fahali lidhibitiwe
  • Anataka watu waungane kupigania haki zao
  • Anahimiwa watu wakatae unyonge

(3×1=3)

  • Taja tamathali inayojitokeza kwenya kauli ‘Semeni basi!’ na ueleze umuhimu wake. (alama 2)

Nidaa/siyahi- imetumika kuhimiza/kusisitiza hatua ichukuliwe

(kubainisha alama 1, kueleza alama 1)

 

 

SWALI LA 2 RIWAYA

Sidhani kama moyo wa mja huyu uliwahi kutaka kujua lolote kuhusu ukuaji wangu. Sikumbuki hata siku moja akiniuliza kuhusu neema na mashaka yangu …

  • Weka dondoo hili katika muktadha wake. (alama 4)
  • Eleza umuhimu wa                                     (alama 4)

 

  • Eleza namna mrejelewa na wengine wenye majukumu kama yake wanavyofaulu au kutofaulu katika utekelezaji wa majukumu yao.                                                 (alama 12)

 

 

 

 

 

MWONGOZO

  • Msemaji: Pete

Msemewa: anajizungumzia/anasimulia kisa mawazoni

Mahali: Kituo cha Afya cha Mwanzo Mpya

Pete anasimulia mawazoni kuhusu namna mamake alivyotelekeza majukumu ya kumlea na kumwachia bibi yake (nyanyake Pete) kwa sababu ya ugomvi uliojitokeza awali kati ya mamake Pete na mumewe.

  • Umuhimu wa msemaji

Msemaji ni Pete

  • Kuonyesha namna mama wazazi wanavyotelekeza majukumu yao ya uzazi wanapoolewa na waume ambao wanawakana watoto wao – mamake Pete anamwachia nyanyake Pete majukumu ya ulezi
  • Kuonyesha matatizo wanayokumbana nayo watoto wanaokataliwa na baba zao- hawapati mahitaji ya kimsingi kama vile sodo
  • Kuonyesha mtazamo hasi wa jamii kuwahusu watoto wanaokataliwa katika ndoa eti kwa sababu hawashabihiani na mmoja wa wazazi
  • Kuonyesha namna watoto hawa wanavyotelekezwa katika kupewa mawaidha ya kiutu uzima wanapobaleghe; hakuna wa kuwapa ushauri
  • Ametumika kuelezea kwa nini wasichana kama hawa wanajipata wana watoto nje ya ndoa – hawakupewa ushauri wa namna ya kujilinda dhidi ya ndoa za mapema
  • Kuelezea kuwepo kwa visa vingi vya uavyaji wa mimba
  • Kuonyesha watoto wa kike kama hawa wanavyopoteza muda mwingi wa masomo kwa sababu ya kutoenda shuleni wakati wa hedhi – Pete anapoteza juma zima wakati kama huu
  • Kuonyesha mila potovu kama vile ndoa za mapema na za lazima – wajomba zake Pete wanapokea posa na baadaye mahari ya buda fulani anayemwoa Pete.
  • Kuonyesha namna ushauri wa wanawake katika masuala ya mila unavyopuuzwa – ushauri wa bibi kuwa Pete mdogo kuozwa kwa buda yule na kuwa anahitaji kukamilisha elimu yake kwanza unapuuzwa
  • Kuonyesha kutofualu kwa ndoa za mapema

 

  • Kufaulu au kutofaulu katika majukumu ya ulezi
  • Lunga anawasomesha wanawe katika shule za kifahari
  • Malezi ya watoto ambao hawana wazazi (kwa mfano wanaolelewa na kijakazi) wanaathirika na utekaji nyara, kwa mfano Dick na Mwaliko.
  • Babake Kairu, ijapokuwa ana chake, hachangii katika malezi ya mwanawe
  • Zohali na nduguze walilelewa vizuri lakini kwa sababu ya joto la ujana Zohali anaangukia ujauzito
  • Fumba anatelekeleza majukumu yake ya uzazi kwani hamtumii bibiye Chandachema pesa za malezi
  • Wanawake wengine hawataki kuwalea watoto wa wenzao japo ni watoto wa waume zao, kwa mfano mkewe Fumba hakumlea mwanawe Fumba
  • Kutokuwepo kwa malezi au malezi mabaya kunasbabisha watoto kujiingiza katika kutumia vileo – kama asemavyo Selume
  • Pete ankosa malezi ya wazazi wake, kwa hivyo analelewa na nyanyake ambaye hana uwezo wa kufanya hivyo kikamilifu kwa sababu ya umri na kutokuwa na uwezo
  • Wazazi wengine wanaogopa majukumu ya uzazi hivyo basi kutupa vijusi na watoto. Neema anamwokota mtoto kwenye jaa la taka
  • Wazazi wengine wanawadhibiti watoto kwa kutumia nguvu, kwa mfano Mwimo Msubili
  • Babake Dengelua anajibidiisha kufanya vibarua ili aweze kukimu mahitaji yake kama karo. Anaona kuwa itakuja kuwafaa baadaye
  • Mtawa Cizarina anajukumika kama malezi katika kituo cha watoto cha Benefactor. Watoto wengine hupata ufadhili na kuondoka na wengine hubakia mumo humo kituoni.
  • Mwangeka na Apondi wanajukumika katika malezi ya Dick. Wanamlea kama mwanao.
  • Mwangemi na mkewe Neema, wanamlea Mwaliko mtoto wao wa kupanga kwa “tunu na tamasha”

 

 

SWALI LA 3

Kila alipokuja jijini Jumapili alikuwa kaandamana na wazazi wake kwa ibada.

(a) Eleza nafasi ya mrejelewa katika kuwajenga wahusika wengine riwayani. (alama 8)

  1. b) (i) Bainisha mbinu ya kimtindo katika dondoo. (alama 2)

(ii) Fafanua jinsi mbinu uliyotajwa katika b(i) ilivyotumika kuendeleza maudhui riwayani.                                                                                                           (alama 10)

Majibu

(a) Anayerejelewa ni Umu/Umulkheri  (uk. 85)

  1. Ametumika kuonyesha kuwa Bi. Dhahabu ni makini. Mwalimu Dhahabu anatambua kuwa Umulkheri alikuwa amezama katika mawazo hivyo anamwambia arejee darasani.
  2. Kuonyesha ubahili wa Naomi – Umulkheri anakumbuka wakati alipomwomba mamake Naomi noti ya shilingi kumsaidia ombaomba ila Naomi akakataa.
  3. Kuonyesha ukarimu wa Hazina – Hazina anamkaribisha Umulkheri katika hoteli ili wanywe chai.
  4. Kuonyesha mapuuza ya polisi – Umulkheri anaporipoti kisa cha kupotea kwa ndugu zake, Dick na Mwaliko, polisi hawakumsaidia kuwatafuta.
  5. Kuonyesha unafiki wa Sauna – Sauna anajifanya kuwa mchangamfu kwao na kuwaahidi kuwalea baada ya kifo cha baba yao. Hata hivyo, baadaye anawateka nyara; Dick na Mwaliko
  6. Kumsawiri Mwangeka kama mwenye mapenzi – Mwangeka anamlea Umu kwa kumwonyesha mapenzi hadi uchungu moyoni unaanza kumtoka.
  7. Kusawiri ukatili wa Naomi – Naomi anawaacha wanawe; Umulkheri, Mwaliko na Dick bila kujali kuhusu malezi yao katika umri huo mdogo.
  8. Kumsawiri Naomi kama mwenye mapuuza – Naomi anapuuza wajibu wake wa malezi anapotoka kwake na kuwaacha wanawe, Umulkheri, Dick na Mwaliko bila mlezi
  9. Kusawiri majuto ya Naomi – Naomi anajuta kuwatelekeza wanawe; Dick, Mwaliko na Umulkheri. Anaanza kuwatafuta wanawe karibu kwenye kila kituo cha polisi.
  10. Kumsawiri Hazina kama mwenye shukrani – anamshukuru Umulkheri baada ya kumpa shilingi mia mbili na kumwahidi kuwa, angemsaidia siku moja.
  11. Kubainisha huruma za Hazina – anatiririkwa na machozi wakati ambapo Umulkheri anamsimulia kisa chake.
  12. Ametumiwa kuonyesha uwajibikaji wa uongozi. Uongozi unawajengea makazi watoto ombaomba na kuwapa elimu.
  13. Kuonyesha kuwa Mwangeka ni mlezi mwema – anamlea Umulkheri kwa mapenzi na kumshauri kuhusu njia ambazo angetumia kukabiliana na mazingira mapya. Anamfundisha Umulkheri maadili mema.
  14. Kuonyesha kuwa Mwangeka ni mshauri mwema – anamshauri Umulkheri dhidi ya kusahau kilichompeleka uzunguni pindi afikapo huko.

Zozote 8 x 1 = 8

  1. b) (i) Bainisha mbinu ya kimtindo katika dondoo. (alama 2)

Mbinu rejeshi/ mbinu ya kioo/ kisengere nyuma

Kupitia mbinu rejeshi tunatambua kuwa, Umu aliandamana na wazazi wake kila walipoenda jijini siku ya Jumapili.                                                                 2x 1 = 2

 

(ii) Fafanua jinsi mbinu uliyotajwa katika b(i) ilivyotumika kuendeleza maudhui riwayani.                                                                                                                           (alama 10)

  1. Ushirikina – Ridhaa anakumbuka matukio kama vile: kupepesa kwa jicho lake la kulia kwa muda wa wiki mbili mtawalia, kuanguka kwake bila kuona kilichomkwaa na jeshi la kunguru lililotua katika paa la maktaba yake. Aidha, anakumbuka milio ya kereng’ende na bundi usiku. Matukio hayo yote ni ishara ya mambo mabaya ambayo yangetokea.
  2. Ubabedume – Ridhaa anakumbuka maneno ya marehemu mama yake kuwa unyonge haukutunukiwa majimbibali makoo (uk. 3).
  3. Usaliti – Ridhaa alidhamini masomo ya wapwaze Kedi ilhali Kedi anateketeza familia ya Ridhaa.
  4. Udhalimu – sheria za kikoloni zilimpa Mzungu kibali cha kumiliki mashamba katika sehemu zilizotoa mazao mengi. Hali hii iliwalazimu Waafrika kama Msubili kuwa maskwota au vibarua katika mashamba ya wakoloni.
  5. Utumwa – vijulanga vilinyakuliwa kutoka kwenye susu zao, hata vifua havijapanuka; na kupelekwa katika maeneo mbalimbali kufanya kazi.
  6. Upangaji uzazi – Mwimo Msubili alikuwa na watoto wa kiume ishirini. Hivyo, ardhi iligawanywa hadi haingewatosha tena. Aidha, Msubili anakabiliwa na changamoto ya kuwalisha wanawe wengi.
  7. Mgogoro katika familia – Wingi wa vinywa vya kulishwa katika familia ya Msubili ulizua mgogoro, uhasama na uhitaji mkubwa.
  8. Elimu – Mamake Ridhaa anatilia mkazo umuhimu wa elimu. Anadai kuwa, elimu inapaswa kuwa chombo cha kueneza amani na upendo.
  9. Uhasama wa kisiasa unasababisha kuvunjika kwa ujirani – Kedi ndiye aliyemtafutia Ridhaa shamba alilolijenga. Aidha, Ridhaa alidhamini masomo ya wapwa wake wawili. Hata hivyo, Kedi anashiriki katika mauaji ya jamaa za Ridhaa.
  10. Vitisho – vikaratasi vilisambazwa kuwatahadharisha akina Ridhaa kuwa, kuna gharika baada ya kutawazwa kwa Musumbi (kiongozi) mpya.
  11. Unyakuzi wa ardhi – baadhi ya mabwanyenye wanajenga majumba mahali ambapo pametengwa kwa ajili ya upanuzi wa barabara. Mengine yalijengwa chini ya vigingi vya nyaya za stima.
  12. Ufisadi – kuna mabwanyenye ambao wanaonekana wakitoa milungula hadharani.
  13. Utamaduni – Mwangeka anakumbuka jinsi watu walivyoomboleza kifo cha nduguye, Dede.
  14. Ndoa – Kupitia mbinu rejeshi, mwandishi anasimulia jinsi Mwangeka na Apondi walikutana na hatimaye kufunga ndoa.
  15. Ubakaji – Sauna alibakwa na babake mlezi na kumpachika mimba.
  16. Nafasi ya mwanamke – Mamake Sauna alikuwa akiridhia yote yaliyosemwa na mumewe au angeishia kupigwa makonde, kutishwa au kutusiwa.
  17. Uavyaji mimba – Mamake Sauna anamsaidia kuavya mimba bila hiari yake.
  18. Umaskini – mamake Sauna anasema kuwa, Bwana Maya alimwokoa kutoka kwa umaskini aliopakazwa na babake Sauna baada ya kujizikia unywaji wa dengelua.
  19. Madhara ya ulevi – babake Sauna anapigwa kalamu kwa kujiingiza katika unywaji wa dengelua mitaani.
  20. Ulaghai – Sauna anashiriki biashara ya kuwauzia watu maji ya mito wakiambiwa kuwa ni ‘mineral water’.
  21. Utekaji nyara wa watoto – Bi Kangara anamwingiza Sauna katika biashara ya kuwateka nyara watoto.

 

Zozote 10 x 1 = 10

 

TAMTHILIA

  1. Si neno mama!…Hakuna kizuri kijacho kwa urahisi. Mazuri hutoka mbali na wakati mwingine yana hadithi za kutisha. Maisha yetu ni mfano wa mbegu iliyopandwa. Mbegu hiyo haina budi kuoza kwanza ndipo ioteshe mche upendezao.
  2. a) Eleza muktadha wa dondoo hili(Alama 4)
  3. Msemaji ni Sara.
  4. Msemewa ni Neema.
  • Wako nyumbani kwao kijijini.
  1. Sara anaeleza uvumilivu unamletea mja fanaka maishani.

 

 

  1. b) Tambua vipengele viwili vya fani. (Alama 2)
  2. Nidaa – Si neno mama!
  3. Tashbihi – Maisha yetu ni mfano wa mbegu iliyopandwa.

 

  1. c) Kwa hoja nne, fafanua wasifu wa msemewa. (Alama 4)
  2. Neema ni Karimu – Anawaeleimisha wanuna wake hadi kiwango cha juu cha elimu.
  3. Ni mwenye utu – Ana waajiria wazazi wake wafanya kazi wa nyumbani.
  • Ana bidii – Anajitahidi kazini; anaondoka nyumbani alfajiri na kurejea usiku.
  1. Ni mwenye kujali – Anawasaidia wazazi wake kwa kumpeleka mamake hospitalini ana kumtumia masurufu babake.
  2. Ana mtazamo mpevu/ busara – Anamweleza dadake Asna jinsi ndoa si utumwa.
  3. Ni mvumilivu – Anavumilia tofauti baina yake na Bunju kwenye ndoa yao.
  • Ana mapenzi ya dhati – Ana mapenzi kwa mumewe Bunju, mwanawe Lemi na mamake.
  • Ni jasiri- Anaendesha gari kwenye barabara za jiji ambazo huwashinda madereva hodari kutoka mashambani.
  1. Ni mlezi mwema – Anamlea mwanawe kwa mapenzi na uelewa mkubwa.
  2. Ni mpenda usasa – Anashikilia mtazamo wa kwenda kinyume na utamaduni; anasema haifai mke kuachiwa kazi zote.

 

  1. Ni vipi kauli iliyokolezwa wino inadhihirika katika tamthilia ya Bembea ya Maisha. (Alama 10)
  2. Sara na Yona wanapata shida kwa kukosa watoto kwanza. Baadaye wanapata mabinti ambao wanawasaidia na kuwaheshimisha kijijini.
  3. Uhusiano wa Sara na Yona ulikuwa mbaya awali kwa kuwa Yona anamchapa Sara. Badaye, Yona anabadilika na kuwa mpole na mwenye mapenzi ya dhati kwa mkewe.
  • Sara anaumia kwa kazi na majukumu ya yumbani peke yake. Baadaye, Yona mumewe anakuwa msaidizi; anasaidia kupika na kuwashughulikia mifugo.
  1. Neema anapata ajali inayohatarisha maisha yake. Baada ya ajali anapata msamaria mwema ambaye ni Bunju; anamshughulikia hadi anapopona.
  2. Yona anazamia ulevi kutokana na shinikizo za maisha. Baadaye anaacha ulevi na kuwa mtu mwema na msaidizi wa mkewe.
  3. Sara anadhoofishwa na ugonjwa akiwa nyumbani. Neema anampeleka hospitali nzuri anakopokea matibabu mazuri.
  • Yona anaeleza walivyojinyima mengi ili wanawe wapate elimu. Baadaye Neema anawasaidia kwa mambo mengi.
  • Kukosa mtoto mvulana kunawafanya Sara na Yona kusemwa sana. Baadaye, mabinti waliowazaa wanatokea kuwa hodari kuliko wanaume wengi.
  1. Sara anashindwa la kufanya mumewe Yona anapomhitaji kupika akiwa mgonjwa. Badaye jirani yake Dina anafika na kumwauni katika mapishi.
  2. Bunju anamkemea Neema kwa kumshinikiza kuchangia matibabu ya Sara. Baadaye anatulia na kuahidi kutafuta pesa na kumpiga jeki Neema.
  3. Wanawake awali wanasemekana kutegemea mifuko ya waume wao kwa mujibu wa Luka, lakini sasa wanajitegemea.
  • Binti zake Yona walidharauliwa kijini lakini wanakuja kuwa mwanga kijijini.
  • Watoto wa kike wanakosa elimu awali kama vile Sara lakini sasa wanapata elimu na hata kuwapiku wanaume kama alivyo Neema.

 

 

  1. (a) “ Japo nilipungukiwa na mengi niliyotamanai, nilitaka nyinyi muote mbawa mpae juu na kuitazama dunia kutoka kule juu kwa niaba yangu. Stahamala yangu haikuniletea hasara…”

(i) Tambua mandhari ya dondoo hili. (alama 1)

Nyumbani kwa Sara na Yona/ Nyumbani kwao Neema kule kijijini ambapo Sara anazungumza na bintiye Neema

(1×1=1)

(ii)  Bainisha toni inayojitokeza kwenye dondoo. (alama  1)

  • Matumaini- nilitaka nyinyi muote mbawa
  • Kutamauka- japo nilipungukiwa na mengi niliyoyatamani…

(1×1=1)

(iii) Eleza umuhimu wa mandhari ya dondoo hili. (alama 8)

  • Kuonyesha maudhui ya ndoa za mapema- Sara aliozwa mapema na hangetaka bintize wakatiziwe masomo yao ili waozwe
  • Kuonyesha sifa za Sara- Ameonyeshwa kama mhusika mstahimilivu- anavumilia dhuluma katika ndoa yake. Aidha anaonyeshwa kama anayewajibika kwa kuhusika katika shughuli ya kuwaelimisha bintize,
  • Kuendeleza msuko- kupitia kwake tunafahamishwa kuhusu ndoa za mapema katika jamii yake.
  • Kuonyesha mgogoro- Sara anasema hata kama mume angetaka kusaidia, watu katika jami yake watapata sababu ya kumcheka. Anasema utamaduni wao ungali una nguvu na hawezi kushindana na mwanamume(uk.66)
  • Kuonyesha mbinu chanya za kusuluhisha migogorokatika jamii. Sara anamwambia Neema japo kuna wanawake wanaowashinda wanaume katika kazi zao, ni muhimu afanye werevu isije ikawa wanashindana. Anahimiza kuwa ushindani usionekane nyumbani.
  • Kuchimuza sifa za wahusika wengine- kupitia kwa Sara, tunafahamu Yona ni mpenda ansa. Anawafungia mifugo zizini ili kwenda kwa wazee wenziwe kushiriki ulevi.(uk.66)
  • Kuonyesha dhamira- kupitia kwa mhusika Sara, mwandishi anadhamiria kuonyesha umuhimu wa ushirikiano (mume na mke kushirikiana kutekeleza majukumu nyumbani)

(b) Onyesha jinsi mhusika Sara alivyotumiwa na mwandishi kuendeleza msuko wa tamthilia hii. (alama 10)

  • Kupitia kwake tunaona jinsi wazazi wanavyojizatiti kuwalea wanao. Amnamweleza mumewe, “…sote tulijizatiti tukalea pamoja na hizo taabu, ila tulikuwa tunatimiza wajibu”
  • Tunnafahamu mchango wa Neema wa kuwafaa wanuna wake kwa halli na mali. Anashiriki kuwaelimisha Asna na Salome hadi wanahitimu
  • Anasaidia kuonyesha mtazamo wa jamii yake kuhusu urithi. Anasema warithi ni watoto wa kiume na si wa kike kama Neema(uk. 2)
  • Kupitia kwake tunafahamu kuhusu mfumo wa afaya katika jamii yake. Anapougua, bintiye Neema anaenda kijijini ili kumchukua hadi mjini kuliko na hospitali nzuri, huduma na wahudumu wazuri wa afya ikilinganishwa na kwao kijijini.
  • Anaonyesha jinsii mabadiliko yalivyotokea katika jamii yao. Bintiye sasa anamiliki gari ambalo analiendesha mjini ambapo wanaume wa kutoka kwao kijijini wanashindwa. (uk.15)
  • Sara anasaidia kufichua ulaghai wa wanasiasa. Anasema wamewaahidi maendeleo vijijini tangu wakiwa watoto na hadi sasa hamna lolote lililofanyika. (uk. 17)
  • Sara anaonyesha dhiki za wanawake wanaokosa watoto katika ndooa zao. Anasema kwa siku nyingi alitamani watoto lakini haikuwezekana. Uso wake uling’aaMungu alipomfungulia milango ya heri. (uk. 18)
  • Ametumiwa kuonyesha jinsi watu wanavoweza kuathiriwa na jinsi wengine wasemavyo kuwahusu- Kupitia kwake, tunafahamu kuwa mumewe Yona aliathirika sana na ushawishi wa wanajamii wa kutaka apate mrithi wa kiume. Kwa kukimbia kutiwa vinywani na watu, akazamia ulevi. (uk.19)
  • Mwandisi amemtumia kuonyesha dhiki za kuishi mjini. Kule vyumba ni vidogo kama kile cha bintiye Asna na watu wanang’ang’ana kutafuta maisha. Siku zote wako mbioni hata hawana nafasi ya kushiriki mlo, wakala na kushiba. (uk. 32)
  • Anaonyesha majukumu muhimu yanayotekelezwa na wanawake katika jamii. Mke anapokosa kuwepo nyumbani mume huhangaika kutekeleza majukumu hayo. Kwa mfano, Sara anamhurumia sana Yona kwa shughuli nyingi nyumbani wakati yeye hakuwepo. (uk. 44)
  • Sara ametumiwa kuonyesha jinsi mtoto wa kike anavyogandamizwa na utamaduni potovu. Anasema msichana alipobaleghe, alitolewa shuleni na kuozwa mapema. (uk. 52)
  • Kupitia kwake, tunafahamu jinsi wanaume katika jamii yake wamezamia anasa ya ulevi. Sara anasema nidesturi ya kila mwanamume hapo kwao. (uk. 66)(10×1=10)

MAANDALIZI YA MOKASA II 2023

102/3

MAPAMBAZUKO YA MACHWEO NA HADITHI NYINGINE

 

Pupa: F.M. Kagwa

  1. a) “Pupa imenitumbukiza kwenye kisima nilichochimba, sasa naingia mwenyewe …”
  2. Bainisha mbinu za kimtindo katika dondoo hili. (alama 2)
  3. Huku ukitolea mifano mwafaka, onyesha ukweli wa kauli hii. (alama 8)

 

  1. Jadili namna ukiukaji wa haki umeendelezwa katika hadithi zifuatazo: (alama 20)
  2. Sabina
  3. Kifo cha Suluhu
  4. Nipe Nafasi

Sabina

  1. Mimba za mapema – Nyaboke -kidato cha pili
  2. Kukataliwa baada ya kupachikwa mimba – Nyaboke
  • Kukatiza masomo/ elimu -Nyaboke
  1. Kutengwa – Sabina
  2. Elimu yam toto wa kike kupuuzwa – Sabina
  3. Kupigwa – Sabina
  • Kutumikishwa – Sabina
  • Kusimangwa – kukejeliwa – anaitwa kiokotwe – Sabina
  1. Kuhusishwa katika biashara
  2. Kukosa natibabu – Nyaboke – anapelekwa kwa mganga maarufu kijijini
  3. Kukosa mavazi mazuri – Sabina kuvaa sare iliyoshiba viraka vya kila rangi
  • Kukosa malezi ya baba na mama – wazazi wawili
  • Kufanya vibarua ili kupata mahitaji ya kila siku – Nyaboke (ajira ya Watoto)

 

 

KIFO CHA SULUHU

  1. Mauaji – Bwana Suluhu – mamake Abigael
  2. Kunyanganywa mali – Bwana Suluhu kumnyanganya Mamake Abigael
  • Kutelekeza malezi ya Watoto – Bwana Suluhu anamwachia mkewe , Bi Suluhu malezi
  1. Kupachikwa mimba na kuachwa bila tumaini/msaada
  2. Kutumia njia za hila ili kuhitimu masomo kabla ya muda wa kuhitimu masomo kuwadia
  3. Kushiriki ukahaba – kuwanyonya wanaume
  • Kutia dawa kwenye vinywaji
  • Kumwibia mtu pesa – Abigael na Natasha wanapanga njama dhidi ya Bwana Suluhu
  1. Kufuja pesa za wananchi
  2. Uchafuzi wa mazingira – ukataji wa miti

 

 

 

 

NIPE NAFASI

  1. Kukosa vyakula
  2. Kutelekeza majukumu – msimulizi anasema baba yao Moshi hakuwa akimtumia mama yake pesa za matumizi mwaka mzima.
  • Kupuuza malalamishi – wazazi wa Moshi wanadinda kusikiliza malalamishi ya mama Kazili
  1. Mamake Kazili kukosa kupewa pesa ambazo mumewe Moshi anatetemeka
  2. Kukosa mavza mazuri yanayositiri baridi. Msimulizi amasmea …tulikuwa tumevaa marumaru
  3. Kifo
  • Kunyimwa nafai ya kujiteteta

7.b) “Pupa imenitumbukiza kwenye kisima nilichochimba, sasa naingia mwenyewe…”

  1. Mbinu za kimtindo
  2. Jazanda -kisima nilichochimba sasa naingia mwenyewe (mahali penye matatizo)
  3. Mdokezo …kisima nilichochimba, sasa naingia mwenyewe
  • Taswira – taswira oni, taswira ya mwendo
  1. Tashihisi- pupa kuwa na uwezo wa kutumbukiza

b)

  1. Kusafirishwa asikojua – Mkwakuona
  2. Kuvalishw anguo zinazoomyesha mwili wake bila hiari
  • Kung’ang’aniwa na wanaume danguroni – chenga -ways
  1. Kuingizwa kwenye chumba amnacho anasubiriwa na mwanamume mkota-dume
  2. Kufungiwa mlango kutoka nje na mwanamapokezi
  3. Kuuzwa kwa mtu mwenye umri mkubwa kuliko babake mzazi siku yake ya kwanza katika jengo la Chenga- Ways
  • Kugeuzwa kifaa cha kutumiw aovyo
  • Anatokwa na machozi yasiyokauka
  1. Anakatiziwa masomo
  2. Kutawishwa katika jengo la Chenga Ways – haruhusiwi kutoka nje
  3. Kulindwa anapoenda msalani

 

 

 

 

Kila Mchezea Wembe: Pauline Kea Kyovi

  1. “Dunia hii nayo kubwa, anasa zake nyingi huwezi kuzimaliza”
  2. Eleza muktadha wa dondoo hili. (alama 4)
  3. Fafanua toni katika dondoo hili. (alama 2)
  • Jadili namna ambavyo anasa imejitokeza katika hadithi hii. (alama 4)

Muktadha

  1. Ni kauli ya Emmi
  2. Anamwambia Tembo
  • Bwana Tembo anayakumbuka akiwa Hospitali ya Uhai ni Neema
  1. Ni baada ya Bwana Tembo kujutia matendo yake ya uraibu wa pombe ambayo yanamsababishia madhara ya kiafya.
  2. Toni

Toni ya kushauri – Emmi alikuwa anamshauri mumewe, Bwana Tembo kuacha tabia zake za kupapia anasa za dunia

  1. Anasa
  2. Kuwa mraibu wa ulevi/pombe
  3. Kusakata rhumba- Bwana Tembo na wenzake (walevi)
  • Kucheza rhumba na wanawake wengine ambao hakuwa anawajua
  1. Kulala kwa mwanamke asiyemjua
  2. Kuendeleza ukahaba – Angelica
  3. Kufuja pesa

 

FASIHI SIMULIZI

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali yanayofuata

Tumbo:           Leo nitakuwa baba na wewe mama. Mimi sipendi mwajificho.

Chausiku:        Sawa basi. (Anaimba huku akishika masikio yake) Maskini punda, alinyimwa                               pembe, akapewa masikio hiyo ndiyo pembe. Pembee pembe, akapewa masikio                                hiyo ndiyo pembe.

Tumbo:           Mamake Chausiku, nahisi njaa. Napeza kula samaki.

Chausiku:        Ala! Umejuaje kuwa ninapika samaki? Baba Chausiku, samaki kutoka Soko                                     Mjinga ni tamu kama asali. Chakula ki tayari. (Anampa kitawi chenye vipande                                   vya vijiti). Ndio hii samaki.

Tumbo:           (Akiimba) Nimeshiba sana. Asante. Nataka kwenda katika shamba la mahindi                                   kukaza seng’enge. (Anachukua kipande cha mti) Nimechukua nyundo yangu                                     kwenda kujenga ua. (Anatumia kijiti hicho kupigia vijiti vingine ardhini huku                             akisema kuwa anajenga ua).

Chausiku:        Nimechoka sasa. Tuimbe kidogo.

Wote:              (Wanaimba huku wakirukaruka)

Watoto wangu ee

Ee

Mimi mama yenu

Ee

Sina nguvu tena

Ee…

 

Maswali

(a) Bainisha utanzu ambapo utungo wa aina hii unapatikana.                                  (alama 1)

(b) Wewe ni mmoja wa wawasilishaji wa utanzu huu wa fasihi simulizi. Eleza sifa unazofaa kuwa nazo.                                                                                                                  (alama 5)

(c) Eleza sifa zozote nne za kipera hiki.                                                                    (alama 4)

(d) Eleza shughuli mbili za kiuchumi zinazodhihirika katika utungo huu.               (alama 2)

(e) Unanuia kufanya utafiti kuhusu kipera hiki. Eleza changamoto zinazoweza kukukabili unapotekeleza shughuli hiyo.                                                                                                 (alama 6)

(f) Eleza udhaifu wa maandishi kama kifaa cha kuhifadhi data.                              (alama 2)

 

 

 

 

 

MWONGOZO

(a) Bainisha utanzu ambapo utungo wa aina hii unapatikana.                                  (alama 1)

Maigizo al. 1

(b) Wewe ni mmoja wa wawasilishaji wa utanzu huu wa fasihi simulizi. Eleza sifa unazofaa kuwa nazo.                                                                                                                  (alama 5)

  1. Awe jasiri ili aweze kuigiza mbele ya watu/hadharani.
  2. Awe na ubunifu ili aweze kufanya uigizaji kuvutia na kuondoa ukinaifu.
  • Awe na ujuziwa kutumia ishara za uso, mwili na miondoko kuonyesha picha ya hali anayoigiza.
  1. Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
  2. Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo kulingana na hali tofauti anazoigiza kama vile huzuni.
  3. Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira kwa maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu.
  • Awe na uwezo wa ufaraguzi/ kubadilisha uigizaji wake papo hapo kutegemea hadhira yake na kutoa mifano inayofahamika kutoka katika mazingira ya hadhira.
  • Awe anaelewa utamaduni wa hadhira yake ili asitumie maneno na ishara ambazo zinaudhi ama kukinzana na na imani zao.

                                                                              zozote 5 x 1 = 5

 

(c) Eleza sifa zozote nne za kipera hiki.                                                                    (alama 4)

  1. Waigizaji ni watoto.
  2. Huhusu shughuli za kiuchumi na kitamaduni kama vile arusi, siasa, ukulima.
  • Huandamana na nyimbo za watoto.
  1. Huwa na miondoko mingi kama vile kujificha, kuruka.
  2. Huwa na matumizi mengi ya takriri.
  3. Huchezwa popote.
  • Huwa na kanuni fulani.
  • Hukoma watoto wakichoka au wakikiuka kanuni

Zozote 4 x 1 = 4

(d) Eleza shughuli mbili za kiuchumi zinazodhihirika katika utungo huu.               (alama 2)

  1. Uvuvi – samaki kutoka Soko Mjinga
  2. Biashara – samaki kutoka Soko Mjinga
  • Ukulima – nataka kwenda katika shamba la mahindi

(e) Unanuia kufanya utafiti kuhusu kipera hiki. Eleza changamoto zinazoweza kukukabili unapotekeleza shughuli hiyo.                                                                                                 (alama 6)

  1. Gharama ya utafiti kuwa kubwa kiasi cha mtafiti kutoimudu kama vile gharama ya kusafiria na kununulia vifaa.
  2. Kutojaziwa hojaji kutokana na mtazamo hasi wa jamii dhidi ya ujazaji wake.
  • Wanajamii kukataa kutoa habari wakishuku mtafiti anawapeleleza au kwa kuona haya.
  1. Wanajamii wengine kudai walipwe kabla ya kutoa habari na hivyo kukwamiza utafiti.
  2. Mbinu nyingine kama vile hojaji huhitaji watu wanaojua kusoma na kuandika na ikiwa mhojiwa hajui utafiti utakwamizwa.
  3. Uchache wa wazee na wataalamu wa fasihi simulizi kusababisha kukosekana au kupatikana kwa data isiyo ya kutegemewa.
  • Utawala kukataa kutoa idhini ya kufanya utafiti.
  • Kukosa ufadhili na utafiti kutofanywa kwa kutomudu gharama.
  1. Muda wa utafiti kutotosha na hivyo kutopata habari za kutosha kuhusiana na mada yake.
  2. Kikwazo cha mawasiliano ikiwa mtafiti na mhojiwa hawatumii lugha moja na mhojiwa hajui lugha nyingine na kumbidi mtafiti kukodi mkalimani na gharama kuongezeka.
  3. Ukosefu wa vyombo vya usafiri kunakochelewesha utafiti na kutomalizika katika muda uliopangwa.
  • Ukosefu wa usalama kama vile kuvamiwa kwa kushukiwa anapeleleza na kuibiwa vifaa.
  • Tatizo la kutafsiri data kutoka lugha za kijamii hadi lugha inayotumika katika utafiti.
  • Matatizo ya kibinafsi. Kwa mfano, mtafiti anaweza kushindwa kuidhibiti hadhira yake.

Zozote 6 x 1 = 6

 

(f) Eleza udhaifu wa maandishi kama kifaa cha kuhifadhi data.                              (alama 2)

  1. Kuna baadhi ya mambo kama vile kiimbo, toni na ishara ambayo hayawezi kuandikwa kama yalivyowasilishwa na fanani, kwa hivyo hupotea.
  2. Uhai asilia wa fasihi simulizi hufifishwa na kupotezwa na maandishi.
  • Baadhi ya waandishi huenda wakaandika yale wanahitaji kwa wakati mahususi na kupuuza mengine.
  1. Kuandika fasihi simulizi huifanya kukosa ile taathira asilia kwani kunaipokonya hadhira yake ile fursa ya kushirikiana ana kwa ana na fanani.
  2. Kuiandika fasihi simulizi huidhibiti na kupunguza hadhira yake na kuathiri vibaya usambazaji wake.

                                                                                                            Zozote 2 x 1 = 2

 

 

 

GEOGRAPHY FORM ONE TEACHING NOTES NEW SYLLABUS FREE

Introduction to Geography

The meaning of Geography

  • Scientific study of the earth as a home of man.
  • Study of interrelationship on natural and human phenomena on the earth’s surface.

Environment

  • The surroundings
  • All external conditions surrounding an organism which has influence over its behaviour.

Environment can be divided into two:

  1. The Physical Environment
  • Natural physical conditions of weather, climate, vegetation, animals, soil, landforms and drainage.
    1. The Human Environment
  • Human activities such as farming, forestry, mining, tourism, settlement, transportation, trade and industry.

Branches of Geography

The TWO main Branches are Physical and Human and Economic Geography

  1. Physical Geography – Deals with the study of natural physical environment of human kind. The areas covered include:
    1. Geology-study of the origin, structure and composition of the earth. It includes study of rocks.
    2. Geomorphology- the study of internal and external land forming processes and landforms.
    3. Climatology- the study of climate and weather
    4. Pedology- the study of soils
    5. Biogeography – the study of soils, vegetation and animals.
    6. Hydrology- the study of water bodies
    7. Spatial geography-study of space

2.Human and Economic Geography – Study of people and their activities on the earth’s surface. The areas covered include:

  1. Mining
  2. Forestry
  3. Agriculture
  4. Fishing
  5. Wildlife and tourism
  6. Industry
  7. Energy etc.

 

  1. Practical Geography – A smaller branch which equips the learner with practical skills that enhance their understanding and interpretation of human and physical geographical information. The areas are:
  2. Statistical methods
  3. Map work
  4. Field work
  5. Photograph work

Importance of Studying Geography

  1. Facilitates good relationship among nations by studying geography of other regions of the world.
  2. it’s a career subject in that it enables one to go for advanced studies in specialised fields e.g. geography teachers, meteorology, surveying etc.
  3. Enables us to appreciate other people’s way of life by learning economic activities of different communities within our country and other parts of the world.
  4. Enables us to conserve our environment when we learn negative and positive effects of human activities on the environment.
  5. Enables us to conserve our resources when we learn wise use of resources in conservation and management of resources e.g. wildlife, forests, energy, etc.
  6. Inculcates in us virtues of cooperation and patience as we work in groups.
  7. Makes us to appreciate manual work as we are involved in practical geography which may lead to self employment.
  8. Promotion of industry such as tourism by guiding tourists to places of interest by using maps, calculations of distances etc.

Relationship between Geography and Other Subjects

  1. Mathematics-mathematical techniques are used in drawing graphs and pie charts and mathematical formulae are used in geography to calculate distances, areas, population density, population densities, etc.
  2. History-history uses geographical tools like maps, charts and graphs to show where past events took place e.g. the movement of people in the past.
  3. Biology-Geography explains the distribution of organisms and factors influencing their distribution on the earth’s surface.
  4. Physics-geography uses physics principles and formulae to calculate and describe aspects such as magnetic field, gravity, vibrations of the earth etc.
  5. Chemistry-geography applies chemistry in studying chemical composition and chemical changes which take place in soils and rocks.
  6. Agriculture-geography studies farming systems, their distribution and factors affecting farming activities.
  7. Meteorology-geography uses meteorological information in the study of weather and in classifying climatic regions and mapping them.
  8. Geology-geography studies rocks.

 

 

 

 

 

The Earth and the Solar System

Solar system is the group of heavenly bodies comprising the sun and the nine planets.

The origin of the Solar System

Theories

A theory is a set of reasoned ideas intended to explain facts or events

  1. Passing Star Theory
  • A star with a greater gravitational pull passed near the sun
  • It attracted large quantities of gaseous materials from the sun
  • The materials split, cooled and condensed to form planets
  • The planets were set in orbit by the passing star

 

Weaknesses

  • Doesn’t explain the origin of the sun and star.
  • Minimal chance of a star approaching another
  • Materials would disperse than condense
  1. Collision Theory
  • Star with greater gravitational pull passed near the sun
  • It attracted large quantities of gaseous materials
  • The materials split into portions
  • Large portions collided with smaller ones and swept them to form planets.

The weaknesses are the same as the passing star’s Theory.

  1. Nebula Clod Theory
  • There was a slowly rotating cloud of dust and gas called Nebula
  • It cooled and began to contact
  • Rotation speed increased and successive rings of gaseous materials were formed.
  • The rings condensed to form planets
  • The central gaseous material remained as the sun

Evidence

  • Rotation and revolution of planets in anticlockwise direction

Weakness

The origin of nebular is not explained.

  1. Supernova/explosion Theory
  • There was a violent explosion of a star.
  • A cloud of dust (nebular) remained from the star.
  • There was fast movement of the cloud due to the force of explosion.
  • Rotation speed increased due to gravitational attraction
  • The cloud flattened into a disc.
  • The matter began to accumulate towards the centre to form a proto-sun which later began to shine.
  • The rest of the cloud collapsed to form planets.

Weaknesses

  • Doesn’t explain the origin of the star
  • Doesn’t explain the cause of explosion

Composition of the Solar System

  1. The Sun

It’s the centre of the universe.

Characteristics

  • It’s a star.

A star is a heavenly possessing its own light which it transmits.

Nebula/galaxy is a cluster of stars.

The earth is in a galaxy called The Milky Way.

  • It’s made of very hot gases mainly hydrogen (70%) and helium (30%).
  • Has a diameter of 1392000km.
  • Surrounded by a layer of gas which has boiled from its surface which is called corona.
  • Rotates on its own axis in anticlockwise direction.
  • Has gravitational pull which holds all the planets in orbit around it.

An orbit is a path which a planet or a satellite follows around a star or a planet.

  • Temperature at its centre is 15m◦c and at the surface is 5500◦c.
  • Radiates solar energy which is very important for all forms of life on the earth.
  1. The Planets

Planets are large spherical celestial/heavenly bodies in space.

There are 9 planets in our solar system.

Characteristics

  • Spherical in shape
  • Don’t have their own light but reflect it from the sun.
  • Revolve around the sun in anticlockwise direction.
  • Have their own force of gravity
  • Only one is known to support life.

The following are the planets arranged in order from the one nearest to the sun.

Mercury

  • Nearest from the sun
  • Its 58m km from the sun
  • Has no satellites
  • Takes approximately 88 earth days to revolve around the sun

Venus

  • 2nd planet from the sun
  • It’s 108m km from the sun
  • One of the brightest planets
  • Can be seen clearly with naked eyes
  • Takes approximately 225 earth days to revolve around the sun
  • Slightly smaller than the earth
  • Has no satellites
  • Together with the earth they are called twin planets due to having many similarities

 

Earth

  • The 3rd planet from the sun
  • The earth and the heavenly bodies make the universe
  • The only planet that supports life
  • The home of man
  • Approximately 149m km from the sun
  • Takes 365 ¼ days to revolve around the sun
  • Has one satellite, the moon

Mars

  • Also called The Red Planet because when it’s observed through a telescope it appears reddish.
  • The 4th from the sun
  • Slightly smaller than the earth
  • Approximately 228m km from the sun
  • Takes 687 earth days to revolve around the sun
  • Between Mass and Jupiter there are small celestial bodies called planetoids.
  • Has no satellite.

Jupiter

  • 5th planet from the sun
  • Approximately 778m km from the sun
  • Largest in the universe
  • Rotates on its own axis at very fast speed
  • Has flattened poles due to its fast speed of rotation
  • Has very thick layers of ice on its surface
  • takes 12 earth years to revolve around the sun
  • Has 16 satellites

Saturn

  • 6th planet from the sun
  • Second largest planet
  • Approximately 1427m km from the sun
  • Takes 29 ½ earth years to revolve around the sun
  • Has a ring around it
  • Has 18 satellites

Uranus

  • 7th planet from the sun
  • About 4 times bigger than the earth
  • Approximately 2870m km from the sun
  • Also rotates very fast
  • Also has flattened poles due to fast speed of rotation
  • It appears greenish foe being surrounded by methane gas
  • Has 8 satellites
  • Takes 84 earth years to revolve around the sun

Neptune

  • One of the farthest from the sun
  • 8th planet from the sun
  • Approximately 4497m km from the sun
  • Has 8 satellites
  • Takes 165 earth years to revolve around the sun
  • Very similar in size, colour and character with Uranus

Pluto

  • 9th planet from the earth
  • Farthest from the sun
  • The smallest
  • 1/6 the size of the earth
  • Approximately 5900m km from the sun
  • Takes 248 earth years to revolve around the sun
  • Has one satellite
  • Very little is known about it

Other Celestial Bodies

Natural Satellites

  • Any natural heavenly body that orbits around a planet e.g. moon for earth, tritan for Saturn and Triton for Neptune.

Asteroids/Planetoids

  • Also called minor planets.
  • Are small fragments of rocks left going around the sun when the solar system was formed
  • Found between Mass and Jupiter
  • Are 1500 in number
  • They sometimes collide with each other and planets due to Jupiter’s gravitational pull causing them to move in erratic orbits.

Comets

  • Heavenly bodies which appear to have a head and a long tail
  • Made of ice, dust and frozen gas
  • The head is made of many particles of dust, rock and frozen gases.
  • Their tail is made of gases and points away from the sun.
  • Move around the sun in extremely long and oval orbits
  • Their orbits cross the earth’s orbits e.g. Halley’s Comet which appears after every 76 years.

Meteoroid

  • Small heavenly body which strays from its orbit in the solar system and enters the earth’s atmosphere at very high speed.

Meteor

  • A meteoroid which is burning out due to friction after entering the earth’s atmosphere.

Meteorite

  • Remains of a meteoroid which have reached the earth’s surface or incompletely burnt up meteoroid.
  • When they fall they sink into the ground forming craters
  • They are rich in iron

The Moon

  • A natural satellite
  • Receives its light from the sun and reflects it onto the earth.
  • It revolves around the earth
  • Takes 29.5 days to complete one revolution around the earth
  • Its orbit is almost circular
  • As it revolves around the sun it appears in various shapes ranging from crescent/new moon, half moon, gibbons moon and full moon.
  • Has gravitational pull which causes the rising and falling of the ocean level
  • As the moon orbits around the earth it creates an event called eclipse.

Eclipse

-Phenomenon occurring when the rays of the sun are blocked from reaching the earth or the moon.

Solar/Sun Eclipse

  • The moon comes between the earth and the sun
  • The moon’s shadow is cast on the earth
  • The sun appears to be covered by darkness

Lunar/moon Eclipse

  • The earth comes between the moon and the sun
  • The earths shadow is cast on the moon
  • The moon appears to be covered by darkness

The Origin of the earth

  • A star with a greater gravitational pull passed near the sun
  • It attracted large quantities of gaseous materials from the sun
  • The materials split, cooled and condensed
  • Heavier materials collected at the centre to form the core
  • Less dense materials collected around the core to form the mantle
  • The lightest materials formed the crust

 

 

The shape of the earth

The shape of the earth is called geoid/ovoid/oblate spheroid due to being an imperfect sphere by being wide at the equator and flat at the poles.

Proofs/Evidence That the Earth Is Spherical

  1. If one moves towards the east in a straight line he will end up where he started.
  2. Satellite photographs taken from space show that the earth is like a sphere.
  3. Places in the east see the sun earlier than those in the west.
  4. When a ship is approaching the smoke is seen first, then the mast and finally the whole ship.
  5. All the planets are spherical so the earth being one of them is also spherical.
  6. During the moon eclipse the earth casts a spherical shadow on the moon.
  7. The earth’s horizon appears curved when observed from a very high point like a tower.

The size of the earth

  • Equatorial diameter-12756km
  • Equatorial circumference-40085km
  • Polar diameter-39995km
  • Surface area of the earth-510×106 km2
  • Water surface-73%.

The Movement of the Earth

There are 2 movements of the earth namely:

  1. Rotation of the earth on its axis
  2. Revolution of the earth around the sun

Rotation of the Earth

-Movement of the earth on its own axis (imaginary line through the centre from N pole to S pole.

  • Rotates through 360◦.
  • Takes 24 hours (day) to complete 1 rotation.
  • Rotates in an anticlockwise direction (west to east).

Effects of Rotation of the Earth

  1. Creates day and night because at any one time one side of the earth faces the sun (day) and the other remains in darkness (night).
  2. Causes deflection of winds and ocean currents in the N hemisphere to the left and in the S hemisphere to the right.
  3. It causes rising and falling of ocean tides.
  4. Causes time difference between longitudes.
  • Takes one hour to go through 15◦.
  • 4 min to go through 1◦.

Calculation of Local Time

-The time recorded in places within the same longitude.

A longitude is an imaginary line running from N to S which shows how far E or W a place is from the prime meridian.

Greenwich Meridian (0◦) longitude is the point of reference when calculating time.

Time is gained towards the E and lost towards the W.

Examples

  1. Suppose the time at GWM is 12 noon what is the local time at Watamu 40◦E?

Time gained=40×4=160min=2 hours 40min

Local time at Watamu is 12.00+2.40=14.40-1200=2.40pm.

  1. At Dar-es-Salaam 40◦E time is 12pm what is the time at Ecuador 40◦E?

40◦+20◦=60◦

60×4=240min=4hours

Ecuador is behind in time =12.00-4=8 am.

If the places are on the same side subtract the degrees to get the difference and add or subtract from the reference time depending on which side the place is.

Calculation of Longitude

What is the longitude of place x whose local time is 8 am when local time at GWM is noon?

Time difference =12.00-8=4 hours

Degrees=4×15=60◦

Since x is behind in time its then 60◦W.

Standard Time and Zones

  • Standard time is time recorded by countries within the same time zone.
  • Standard time was come up with due to confusion resulting from time changing at every longitude.
  • The world has 24 time zones.

The International Date Line

It’s the 180◦ longitude.

Effects of Crossing It

  • One gains time when he crosses it from W to E and has to adjust the clock ahead by 24 hours.
  • One loses time when he crosses it from E to W and has to adjust the clock backwards by 24 hours.

Revolution of the Earth

  • Movement of the earth in its orbit around the sun.
  • It’s in anticlockwise direction.
  • The orbit of the earth’s revolution is elliptical.
  • Takes 365 ¼ days in a year or 366 days in a leap year (every 4 years).
  • The sun moves from the tropic of cancer to the equator and then towards tropic of Capricorn and back to the tropic of cancer.
  • 21st march and 23rd September are called equinoxes because the length of day and night is equal. The sun is vertically overhead at noon at the equator.
  • 21st June is called summer solstice because its summer in the N hemisphere. The sun is vertically overhead at noon at the tropic of cancer.
  • 22nd December is called winter solstice because its winter in the S. hemisphere. The sun is vertically overhead at noon at noon at the tropic of Capricorn.
  • Solstice is the period of maximum tilting of the earth towards the sun.

 

Effects of the Revolution of the earth

  1. Causes the four seasons summer, autumn, winter and spring due to the movement of overhead sun causing changes in the heat belt.
  2. Causes variation of day and night’s lengths due to the earth’s axis being inclined to the path of revolution at an angle of 60◦.
    • Equinoxes have equal lengths of day and night.
    • Summers have longer days and shorter nights.
    • Winters have longer nights and shorter days.
  3. Causes changes in the altitude of the midday sun due to the earth’s orbit being elliptical.
  • Highest altitude during equinox
  • Lowest altitude during solstices
  1. Causes lunar eclipse due to revolution bringing the earth in line with the sun and the moon.

The Structure of the Earth

Internal Structure of the Earth

The evidence used to study the earth’s interior are

  1. mining
  2. drilling
  3. quarrying/excavation
  4. Crust/Lithosphere
  • Outermost layer of the earth
  • Made of soils and other loose deposits of sand
  • The dominant rocks are granites.
  • Extends 0-50km
  • Has 2 layers
  1. Sial
  • Also called continental crust
  • Made of light coloured rocks
  • Called sial because it’s made up of silica and al
  1. Sima
  • Also called oceanic crust
  • Mainly made of basaltic rocks which are brittle.
  • Called sima because it is made of silica magnesium and iron.

Mohorovicic Discontinuity (Moho)

  • A definite zone of discontinuity between the crust and the mantle.
  • Was discovered by Dr. Andrija Mohorovicic in 1909.

 

  1. The Mantle/Asthenosphere
  • Layer lying between the crust and the core
  • Made of iron and magnesium
  • Has two layers
  1. Upper mantle
  • Rocks are more elastic than those of sima.
  • Temperature is about 1000◦c.
  1. lower mantle
  • Rocks are like very viscous liquid.
  • Temperature ranges between 1000◦c to 3000◦c.

Why the Interior of Earth Is Very Hot

  1. Due radio-active decay causing most of the heating.
  2. Due to great pressure as a result of overlying crustal materials.
  3. The original heat resulting from slow cooling of the materials which were pulled off the sun

Gutenberg Discontinuity

  • A definite zone of discontinuity between mantle and core.
  1. Core/barysphere/Centrosphere
  • The innermost/central layer of the earth.
  • Has 2 layers

Outer Core

  • Composed of very dense rocks
  • Made up of nickel and iron
  • Temperatures are up to 3700◦c.

Inner Core

  • A solid mass of mainly iron
  • Temperatures are estimated to be 4500◦c to 5000◦c.

External Structure of the Earth

  1. The Atmosphere
  • Layer of gases surrounding the earth.
  • The earth revolves with it because its held onto it by gravity
  • It’s about 330km thick.

Composition of the Atmosphere

  1. Gases-exist as a mixture
  2. Smoke particles
  3. Dust particles
  4. Water vapour

The structure of the Atmosphere

It’s divided into 4 layers/zones namely:

  1. Troposphere

Lowest layer of the atmosphere

Contains 90% of water vapour

Rainfall is got from it

Temperature decreases with increase in altitude (lapse rate)

Air is turbulent due to mixing of air

Contains dust particles

There is a zone of transition between troposphere and stratosphere called tropopause.

  1. Stratosphere/ozonosphere

Layer lying next to troposphere

Has layers

Lower isothermal layer in which temperature is constant

Upper layer of temperature inversion in which temperature increases with increasing altitude

Has ozone layer which absorbs harmful ultraviolet radiation.

Air is calm so its used by passenger jets

Limited amounts of water vapour

There is a zone of transition between stratosphere and mesosphere called stratopause.

  1. Mesosphere

Middle layer of the atmosphere.

Temperature decreases with increasing altitude.

There is a zone of transition between mesosphere and thermosphere called mesopause which is an inversion layer.

  1. Thermosphere/ionosphere
  • High radiation is present.
  • The pressure is very low.
  • Gases and molecules in this layer exist as ions due to high radiation.
  • Has no definite top but merges gradually into the outermost part of the atmosphere called exosphere.
  • Exosphere consists of rare gases like hydrogen and helium.
  • Beyond the atmosphere there is the outer space.
  • Outer space is the universe beyond the atmosphere in which other planets and stars exist.

Significance of Atmosphere

  1. Animals and plants breathe in from it oxygen for respiration.
  2. Plants use carbon dioxide from it for photosynthesis.
  3. Water vapour in the atmosphere condenses to form clouds which give us rain.
  4. Ozone layer in the stratosphere shields us from ultraviolet radiation which may cause cancers.
  5. Carbon dioxide and methane in the atmosphere cause global warming through the green house effect.
  6. b) The Hydrosphere
  • Part of the earth’s surface covered by water masses e.g. oceans, seas, lakes, rivers and even underground water.
  • It comprises 73% of the earth’s surface area.
  • The atmosphere and hydrosphere are related in that atmospheric gases penetrate to the ocean depth in solution form.
  • The lower atmosphere, hydrosphere and the upper part of the earths crust are called biosphere meaning the sphere of the earth in which organic life exists.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEATHER

Daily atmospheric conditions of a place at a particular time and changes frpm place tp place and time to time.

Condition of the atmosphere is determined by the elements of weather.

Elements of Weather

  1. Temperature
  2. Humidity precipitation
  3. Precipitation
  4. Atmospheric pressure
  5. Wind
  6. Sunshine
  7. Cloud cover

A Weather Station

A place where observation, measuring and recording of weather elements is done

Factors to Be Taken Into Account When Sitting a Weather Station

  1. An open place where there is little obstruction of weather elements.
  2. Accessible place so that recording can be done easily.
  3. A fairly level or gently sloping ground (5◦) so that it’s easy to position weather instruments.
  4. The place should provide a wide view of the surrounding landscape and the sky.
  5. The site should be free from flooding.
  6. The place should have security.

 

Instruments for Measuring Elements of Weather

  1. Thermometer-temperature
  2. Hygrometer-humidity
  3. Rain gauge-rainfall
  4. Barometer-air pressure
  5. Sunshine recorder-sunshine duration and intensity
  6. Wind vane –wind direction
  7. Anemometer-wind speed
  8. Evaporimeter-rate and amount of evaporation.

 

The Stevenson Screen

-A white wooden box mounted on 4 legs used to house thermometers and hygrometers.

The instruments which are found in it are:

  1. Maximum thermometer
  2. minimum thermometer
  3. Six’s thermometer
  4. hygrometer-wet bulb and dry bulb thermometer

 

Importance

  1. Provide shade conditions for accurate temperature recording.
  2. Ensure safety of thermometers because they are delicate.

 

Qualifications Which Make Stevenson Screen Suitable For Its Work

  1. Painted white for little absorption of solar heat energy.
  2. Made of wood which is a bad conductor of heat.
  3. The four legs are usually metallic to prevent termites from destroying the wood
  4. Well ventilated to allow easier flow of air inside it.
  5. Raised to prevent contact with terrestrial radiation.
  6. Has double roof which acts as an insulator to prevent direct heating from the sun.

 

Recording and Calculating Weather Conditions

Temperature

-Degree of hotness of an object or a place.

It’s measured using 3 types of thermometers namely:

  1. Maximum thermometer
  2. Minimum thermometer
  3. Six’s thermometer

Maximum Thermometer

It’s used to measure the highest temperature reached in a day.

It uses mercury.

How It’s Used/Works

  • Temperature rises causing mercury to expand.
  • Mercury pushes the index up.
  • When temperature falls mercury contracts.
  • The maximum temperature is read from the scale at the lower end of the index.
  • Thermometer is reset by shaking it to force mercury back into the bulb.

Minimum Thermometer

It’s used to record the lowest temperature reached in a day.

It uses alcohol.

How it’s Used/Works

  • Temperature falls causing alcohol to contract.
  • Alcohol pulls the index down.
  • When temperature rises alcohol expands and rises in the tube.
  • The index remains where it was pulled.
  • Minimum temperature reading is obtained from the scale at the lower end of the index.

 

Calculating Temperature

  1. Diurnal/daily Temperature range

Difference between the maximum and minimum temperature for any one day.

  1. Mean Daily Temperature

Average of the maximum and the minimum daily temperatures.

  1. Mean Monthly temperature

-Sum of mean daily temperatures in a month divided by the number of days in that month.

  1. Mean Monthly minimum Temperature

Sum of daily minimum temperatures divided by the number of days in that month.

  1. Mean Monthly Maximum Temperature

-Sum of daily maximum temperatures divided by the number of days in that month.

  1. Mean Annual Temperature

-Sum of mean monthly temperatures divided by 12.

  1. Mean Annual Temperature Range

Difference between the highest and the lowest mean monthly temperatures in a year.

  1. ◦k=◦c+273
  2. ◦F=(◦c×1.8)+32 derive the rest from the formulas.

Rainfall

Rain gauge is the instrument used to measure the amount of rainfall in a day.

It should be made of impermeable material which can’t absorb water.

How It’s Used/Works

  • It’s taken to an open space to prevent water from dropping into the funnel.
  • Its sunk into the ground to prevent evaporation
  • The funnel top is left 30cm above the ground to prevent splashes of water and run off.
  • After 24 hours water is emptied into the measuring cylinder.
  • The reading of the amount of rainfall is got from the measuring cylinder in millimetres.
  • The figure represents the millimetres of water falling on each square millimetre of the ground.
  • It could be used to measure snow fall by melting it before the readings are gotten.

 

 

Calculating Rainfall

  1. Monthly Rainfall Total

Sum of rainfall recorded in a month.

  1. Annual Rainfall Total

-Sum of monthly rainfall totals for 12 months.

  1. Mean Monthly Rainfall

-Sum of rainfall totals for a particular month over several years divided by the number of the years of observation.

  1. Mean Annual Rainfall

-Sum of mean monthly rainfall for 12 months of the year.

Sunshine 

Duration of sunshine is measured using Campbell stokes sunshine recorder.

How It Works

  • Spherical lens focuses light on sensitized paper.
  • The paper burns when the sun is shining.
  • The total hours of sunshine is got by adding all the burnt sections from calibrations on the side of sensitized paper.
  • The sensitized paper is changed every day.

Humidity

Humidity is the condition of atmosphere with reference to its water content.

It’s measured with hygrometer or psychrometer which consists of wet and dry bulb thermometers kept in Stevenson screen.

Dry bulb thermometer is a thermometer covered with muslin bag immersed in water while dry bulb thermometer has no muslin.

How It Works

  • When air is dry there is a lot of evaporation from the muslin.
  • Evaporation cools the bulb of thermometer resulting in a low temperature reading.
  • When humidity is high there is little evaporation from the muslin.
  • The wet bulb thermometer is cooled at a slower rate and both thermometers show almost the same temperature reading.
  • The difference in readings between the two thermometers is used to determine relative humidity.

Interpretation of Hygrometer Readings

  • When the 2 readings are the same, relative humidity is 100% i.e. the air is saturated.
  • If the difference is small, humidity is high.
  • If the difference is big, humidity is very low.

Calculating Humidity

Absolute Humidity

-Actual amount of water vapour a given volume of air can hold. It’s expressed in g/m3.

Specific Humidity

-Mass of water vapour in a given mass of air. It’s expressed in g/km.

Relative Humidity

-Ratio between the absolute humidity and the maximum amount of water the air can hold expressed in a percentage.

R.H.=A.H/Maximum amount of water the air can hold at the same temperature.

Example

  • If the air at 20◦c contains 10g/m3 and given air can hold a maximum of 20g/m3.calculate the relative humidity.

10×100/20=50%

Wind

Direction

Wind direction is determined using wind vane.

How It Works

  • As the wind blows the arrow swings.
  • The arrow points in the opposite direction of the wind flow.
  • The direction is read from the cardinal compass points.
  • The arrow will point in the direction from which the wind is blowing.
  • For instance if it points S the wind is blowing from S towards N.

Wind Sock

 

-Used to indicate the general direction of wind flow.

-Not kept in a weather station because it doesn’t give the accurate direction of wind flow.

-Seen near airstrips for the benefit of pilots.

How it Works

  • When wind blows the bas stretches out in the direction that the wind is blowing.

Wind speed/Velocity

Measured using anemometer.

How It Works

  • When wind blows hemispherical cups rotate.
  • The number of rotations is obtained from the metre on the lower part of the anemometer.
  • The units for measuring wind are called knots.

Atmospheric Pressure

The force exerted by gases in the atmosphere on some area or body on the earths surface.

-Measured using barometers of three types namely mercury, aneroid and Fortin Barometers.

Mercury Barometer

How It Works

  • Air exerts pressure on the mercury in the beaker.
  • The height of mercury in the tube is proportional to the atmospheric pressure.
  • The readings are taken in mmHg.
  • Its 760mmHg at sea level

Advantage

Quite accurate

Disadvantage

  1. Cumbersome to carry around.
  2. Can be damaged quite easily while being carried around.

Aneroid Barometer

Measures changes in atmospheric pressure.

How It Works

  • Has air tight compartment (vacuum).
  • Compartment expands when pressure decreases.
  • It collapses when pressure increases.
  • The movement is transmitted by lever to a pointer on a dial.
  • The readings are in kg/cm3.

Evaporation

The rate and amount of evaporation is measured using piche and tank evaporimeters.

Piche Evaporimeter

 

  • When there is a lot of sunshine water evaporates from the blotting paper.
  • The level of water in the glass tube reduces.
  • The rate and amount of evaporation is got by looking at the scale on the outside of the glass tube.
  • The units are in mm.

Tank Evaporimeter

How It Works

  • The tank with water is put in the open.
  • Water evaporates when there is a lot of sunshine.
  • Water in the tank reduces.
  • The rate and amount of evaporation is got from calibrations in the inner side of the tank in mm.

Cloud Cover

The amount of cloud cover is observed using eyes.

It’s given in oktas.

Okta=approximately 1/8 of sky is covered with clouds.

Weather Forecasting

-Prediction of the conditions of the atmosphere for a given place for a certain period.

Methods of Weather Forecasting

Traditional Methods

-Prediction of weather based on traditional beliefs and facts.

  • Plants shedding leaves indicates period of drought.
  • Safari ants indicate it will rain.
  • Migration of butterflies also indicates it will rain.
  • Croaking of frogs during dry season indicate it’s going to rain.
  • Flowering of certain plants indicates the onset of rainfall.
  • Changes in the intensity of sunshine indicate it’s going to rain.

Modern Methods

Prediction of weather using modern instruments and new technology of collecting, transmitting, processing and analysing weather data.

Instruments Used

  1. Satellites-electronic devices which orbit the earth which collect and transmit weather data which is interpreted by computers.
  2. Radar-an instrument used to see cloud formation.
  3. Sensors/radiosodes-instrument fixed on a balloon used to measure atmospheric pressure, temperature and humidity.
  4. Computers-electronic device used to store, analyse and display weather information.

Significance/Importance of Weather Forecasting

  1. Helps us to be aware of natural calamities related to weather before they occur so as to take precautionary measures.
  2. Guiding tourists on when to visit national parks.
  3. Helps farmers to plan their activities such as planting, harvesting, etc.
  4. Ensures air and water transport is carried out safely.
  5. Helps sporting people to plan their training and competition schedules.
  6. Helps people to plan many other activities such as mining, electricity generation, holiday events, etc.
  7. Helps fishing communities to plan their activities.

Factors Hindering Weather Forecasting

  1. Lack of skilled man power due to limited training facilities.
  2. Lack of modern equipment leading to wrong forecasts.
  3. Natural calamities such as storms and earthquakes.
  4. Extreme weather conditions which may damage or displace instruments.
  5. Use of faulty instruments.
  6. Human error.
  7. Poor sitting of instruments.

Factors Influencing Weather

Temperature

Factors influencing temperature

  1. Altitude

Height above sea level.

  • Temperature decreases with increase in height due to air at higher altitude being thinner and hence there is less particles e.g. gases, dust, smoke and water vapour to store heat so its rapidly lost to the outer space.
  1. Latitude

-Distance from the equator.

Temperature decreases with increase in latitude.

  • Places near the equator experience high temperature due to the rays of the sun travelling a shorter distance facing less interference from atmospheric conditions hence more solar energy reaches the earth’s surface. Also the` rays of the sun strike the earth at right angles hence solar energy is concentrated over a small area.
  • At higher latitudes the rays of the sun travel a longer distance facing more interference from atmospheric conditions hence less solar energy reaches the earth’s surface. Also the rays of the sun strike the earth at an acute angle hence solar energy is spread over a large area.
  1. Aspect

-Direction of slope.

  • At higher latitudes slopes facing the equator have higher temperature because they face the sun while those facing the poles have lower temperature because they face away from the sun.
  1. Winds

Transfer heat from one place to another.

  • When they blow from cool areas they take the cooling effect to the areas they blow over and when they blow from warm areas they take warming influence to the places they blow over.
  1. Distance from a Large Water Body
  • Areas near a large water body experience lower temperature during the hot season and higher temperature during the cool season due to sea breezes, warm and cold ocean currents and wind blowing over water which could be either warmer or cooler than the adjacent land.
  1. Cloud Cover
  • Clouds reduce the amount of solar energy reaching the surface by absorbing, scattering and reflecting solar radiation.
  • When there are clear skies during the day the temperature is higher due to the earth receiving maximum solar insolation.
  • During clear nights there are very low temperatures due to a lot of terrestrial radiation being lost to the outer space.
  • Cloudy nights on the other hand are warmer due to clouds radiating to the earth heat absorbed during the day.
  1. Length of Day
  • The longer the period of solar insolation the greater the quantity of radiation a place receives and hence the more the heat that will be generated by the earth and vice versa.
  1. Solar Altitude
  • At equinox when the earth is farthest from the sun the temperature on the earth is lower due to less solar radiation reaching the earth’s surface due to travelling a longer distance and hence facing great interference from atmospheric conditions.
  • At solstices the earth receives more solar energy due to travelling a shorter distance and hence facing less interference from atmospheric conditions.
  1. Solar Input
  • Sometimes the sun gives out more heat due to reactions being violent causing temperature on the earth to be higher.
  • When it gives out less heat the temperature on the earth is lower.
  • Surface Conditions
  • Light surfaces e.g. smooth surfaces reflect sunlight and hence less solar energy reaches the earth’s surface.
  • Dark and irregular surfaces such as with vegetation absorb more heat leading to higher surface temperatures.

Humidity

Factors Influencing Humidity

  1. Temperature
  • Places with high temperature experience high humidity due to high evaporation and air having high capacity to hold moisture.
  • Places with low temperature have low humidity due to low evaporation and air having low capacity to hold moisture.
  1. Source of Moisture
  • Areas near water bodies e.g. Kisumu and Mombasa experience high humidity due to evaporation of water from the water body.
  • Places near thick vegetation also have high humidity due to evapotranspiration.
  • Areas far away from water bodies such as the middle of deserts have low humidity.
  • Areas receiving heavy rainfall also have high humidity.
  1. Air Pressure
  • There is high humidity at low altitudes because high pressure compresses air warming it increasing its capacity to hold moisture and also causes high evaporation.
  • There is low pressure at high altitudes because air expands and cools thus reducing its capacity to hold moisture.
  1. Latitude
  • Low latitudes experience high humidity due to high temperatures resulting into high rates of evaporation and air having high capacity to hold moisture.
  • High latitudes experience low humidity due to low temperatures resulting into low rates of evaporation and air having low capacity to hold moisture.

Significance of Humidity/Moisture

  1. Affects rain formation in such as way that places with high humidity are likely to experience higher rainfall than those with low humidity.
  2. Regulates the heat loss from the earth’s surface by absorbing terrestrial radiation (process in which the earth gives off heat into the atmosphere).
  3. It affects sensible temperature in that the higher the humidity the more we experience sensible temperature.

Precipitation

-The forms in which the earth’s surface receives moisture.

  1. Snow

Solid precipitation formed when tiny water droplets freeze and form ice crystals.

The crystals may fuse to form flakes.

  1. Sleet

-Precipitation which is a mixture of rain and snow.

  1. Hail

Roughly spherical lumps of ice formed when super cooled cloud droplets mould themselves around ice crystals before cooling. It destroys crops life and house roofs.

  1. Dew

-Precipitation consisting of water droplets formed on cold surfaces at night e.g. iron roofs and glass blades.

How It’s Formed

  • In a clear night there is a high ground radiation.
  • Temperature of the earth’s surface fall below dew point (temperature at which air being cooled becomes saturated).
  • Excess water condenses on cold surfaces.
  1. rain

-Precipitation consisting of water drops/droplets formed when tiny water droplets merge   around particles of matter and become heavy and fall down to the earth.

Condensation

Turning of water vapour into tiny water droplets as cooling continues below dew point.

The droplets join to form clouds.

Causes of Condensation

  1. Adiabatic cooling-cooling of moist air as it rises vertically.
  2. Orographic cooling-cooling of moist air as it climbs a hill or mountain.
  3. Frontal cooling-cooling of warm air mass when it blows towards a cold air mass.
  4. Advection cooling-cooling as a result of moist air moving over a cool land or sea.

How Condensation Takes Place/Cloud Formation

  • Moist air rises to the condensation level (altitude where temperature is below dew point.
  • It’s cooled below dew point.
  • Tiny water droplets condense around tiny particles such as dust, smoke particles and pollen grains and salt particles (condensation nuclei).
  • The droplets merge and eventually become bigger and fall as rain.
  • If moisture rises to an altitude where temperature is below 0◦c the condensed water droplets freeze forming ice particles or super cooled water (water which has remained in a liquid state at temperatures below freezing point due to lack of sufficient condensation nuclei.
  • Super cooled cloud droplets may mould themselves around ice crystals before freezing to form hail.

 

Types of rainfall

  1. Relief/Orographic/Mountain rainfall

Rain experienced on the windward slopes of mountains or hills formed when moist air is forced to rise over a mountain or a hill.

How it Forms

  • Moist air is forced to rise over a hill or mountain.
  • The temperature and air pressure decreases making it to expand.
  • Air cools due to decreased temperature and decreased pressure causing it to expand.
  • Moisture condenses forming tiny water droplets (clouds).
  • The tiny water droplets in clouds merge and become too heavy to be suspended in air and fall as rain.
  • Air proceeds to the leeward side with low moisture content.
  • Since its heavier due to being cool it descends over that side and gets warmed making it to hold onto the little moisture it had causing that side to receive low rainfall (rain shadow).
    1. Convectional Rainfall

Type of rainfall common near large water bodies formed as a result of convective rising and cooling of moist air.

It’s accompanied by thunderstorms.

How it forms

  • Ground or water body is heated causing evaporation.
  • There is convective rising and cooling of moist air.
  • Condensation takes place forming tiny water droplets (clouds).
  • The droplets merge and fall as rain.
  • The cooled dry air descends to the surface where its heated and its capacity to hold moisture is increased.
  • The process is repeated.
    1. Frontal/Cyclonic Rainfall

Type of rainfall common in mid-latitudes formed when warm air blows towards a cold area or when warm air mass meets with a cold air mass.

It’s accompanied by cyclones (violent winds).

How it Forms

  • Warm moist air mass meets with a cold air mass.
  • The warm air is forced to rise as it’s less dense.
  • It cools as it rises at the line of contact with cold air.
  • The moisture condenses forming clouds resulting in frontal rain.

Factors Influencing Rainfall Types and Amounts

  1. Relief/Topography

Relief features such as mountains and hills results in the rising and cooling of moist winds to form relief rainfall.

  1. Aspect

 Windward slopes which are on the path of rain bearing winds receive heavier rainfall than leeward slopes which face away.

  1. Forests and Water Bodies

Areas near forests and large water bodies experience higher rainfall and more often due to high rate of evaporation.

  1. air pressure

High pressure areas receive low rainfall than low pressure areas due to pushing of air masses from high pressure to low pressure. The high pressure areas have descending dry air.

  1. air masses

When warm and cold air masses meet frontal rainfall is formed.

  1. Ocean Currents
  • It influences rainfall whereby coasts washed by warm ocean currents experience heavy rainfall when moist onshore winds are warmed by the current and made to hold on to moisture which they release on reaching the land.
  • The coasts washed by cold ocean currents on the other hand experience low rainfall as a result of moist winds being cooled and moisture in them condensed resulting in rain falling over the ocean thereby bringing little or no rain to the coastal areas. This is the cause of western margin deserts e.g. Kalahari and Namib deserts.

Atmospheric pressure

Factors Influencing Atmospheric Pressure

  1. Altitude
  • Pressure decreases with increase in altitude because the column of air becomes shorter hence it exerts less weight.
    1. Temperature
  • When air is heated it expands and exerts pressure over a large area resulting in reduced pressure.
  • When it’s cooled it contracts and exerts pressure over a small area resulting in increased pressure.
    1. Rotation of the earth
  • Rotation pushes air masses from poles towards the equator causing air to spread out and occupy more space causing it to expand making pressure to decrease.
  • When air from the equator moves towards the poles it occupies less space causing it to contract resulting into high pressure.

Mist and Fog

Mist and fog are a mass of tiny water droplets suspended in the lower layers of the atmosphere.

Fog is denser than mist i.e. has more moisture.

Both hinder visibility although fog reduces visibility to less than a kilometre.

When fog mixes with smoke its called smog.

How They Form

  • Moist air cools below dew point.
  • Condensation takes place.
  • The resultant water droplets remain suspended in the air.

Types of Fog

  1. Radiation Fog
  • Type formed when moist air is cooled below dew point as a result of intense radiation on the ground at night.
    1. Advection Fog
  • Type formed when moist air from the sea moves horizontally over a cold surface e.g. snow covered ground.
    1. Orographic/Hill/Upslope Fog
  • Type formed when moist air is cooled after climbing a hill or mountain.
    1. Evaporation Fog
  • Type formed when water vapour is added to cold air that is already near saturation causing excess water vapour to condense and form fog.
    1. Frontal Fog
  • Type formed when warm moist air is cooled from below as it rises over a cold air mass.
    1. Steam Fog
  • Type formed when moist air passes over the surface of a much warmer fresh water body.
  • The warm water is cooled from above and condensing water vapour forms fog. It appears to be steaming.
    1. Ice Fog
  • Type formed when water vapour is converted directly into ice crystals when temperatures are below freezing point.

Clouds

-Are a mass of tiny droplets or ice particles formed when water vapour condenses.

Three Cloud Forms

  1. Cirroform

-Thin and wispy clouds composed of ice crystals.

  1. stratiform

-Appear as greyish sheets covering most of the sky and are rarely broken into units.

  1. Cumuliform

-Are massive rounded with a flat base and limited horizontal extent and billow upwards to great heights.

Basic Cloud Types

  1. Stratus Clouds

-Are found in layers, are flat in shape and resemble fog.

  1. Nimbus Clouds

-are dark at the base and sometimes white at the sides and cause rain and thunderstorms.

  1. Cirro-cumulus

-Are white clouds consisting of white ice crystals.

  1. Nimbostratus

-A rain cloud which is dark grey and spreads over the sky in low uniform layers.

  1. Cumulus Clouds

-Clouds with a flat horizontal base, massive, rounded and less horizontal extent.

  1. Alto cumulus

-High clouds composed of ice crystals which indicate fair weather.

World distribution of Pressure Zones and the Planetary wind System/World Prevailing Winds

The Equatorial Low pressure Zone (ITCZ-low)

  • Found between 23 ½ ◦N and 23 ◦N
  • Experiences high temperatures.
  • A zone of low pressure and doldrums (light and intermediate winds).
  • Zone where S.E and N.E Trade Winds converge.
  • Associated with convectional rain and thunderstorms.
  • Migrates to the N and with the apparent movement of the overhead sun.

The Sub-tropical High Pressure Zone

  • Found within 30◦N and 30◦S.
  • A zone of high pressure.
  • A region of calm descending air.
  • Source of Trade Winds and Westeries.
  • Zone of divergence of T. Winds and Westeries.

The Temperate Low Pressure Zone

  • Found within 60◦N and 60◦S.
  • A low pressure zone.
  • Zone of convergence of westeries and polar easteries.

The Polar High Pressure Zone

  • Found over the poles 90◦N and 90◦S.
  • A high pressure Zone.
  • Zone of descending calm air of low temperature.
  • Source of polar easteries.

The Worlds Prevailing Winds

These are the major winds blowing over the earth frequently and consistently and which influence the world weather.

  1. Trade Winds
  • Blow from sub-tropical high pressure zone and blow to the equatorial low pressure belt.
  1. Westeries
  • Originate from sub-tropical high pressure zone and blow to the temperate low pressure belt.
  1. The Polar Easteries
  • Originate from polar high pressure zone and blow to temperate low pressure zone.

Monsoon Winds

  • Seasonal winds which reverse in the direction of flow.
  • They blow towards the land during summer (onshore) and from the land during winter (off shore).
  • Bring heavy rains when onshore which can cause severe flooding.
  • Well developed in the Indian Sun-continent, china, Japan and S.E Asia.

Air Masses

-Distinct large parcels of air moving in one direction

-Originate from areas of uniform weather and topography from where they derive their characteristics e.g. flat areas, forests, deserts, and snow covered areas.

Characteristics of Air Masses

  • A large volume of air.
  • Covers an extensive area.
  • Has uniform temperature and humidity.
  • Distinct from the surrounding air.
  • Retains its characteristics when it moves away.

Types of air Masses

  1. Equatorial Air Mass
  • Originate from equatorial oceans.
  • It’s hot and unstable.
    1. Sub-tropical Air Mass
  • Forms near sub-tropical high pressure belt.
    1. Polar Air Mass
  • Forms near the poles or temperate low pressure zone.
  • It’s cool.
    1. Arctic and Antarctic air Masses
  • Forms over the ice sheets of Greenland and Antarctica respectively.
    1. Effect of air masses on Weather
  • When warm moist air mass and cool air mass meet cyclonic rainfall is formed e.g. tropical maritime and polar maritime.
  • Cool air masses take cooling effect to the areas they move to e.g. polar continental.
  • If they are warm they take warming influence to the area they move to e.g. tropical continental.

Pressure Systems in the World

  1. Cyclone
  • It’s a low pressure system characterised by low pressure at the centre and increases outwards.
  • Starts in areas where air ascends from the ground to the atmosphere and descends at high altitude.
  • It’s of two types. Tropical cyclones e.g. hurricane, typhoon and willy willies and depressions which are characterised by temperate latitudes.
  • The movement of wind is anticlockwise in the N. hemisphere and clockwise in the S. hemisphere.
    1. Anticyclone
  • A high pressure system characterised by high pressure at the centre and decreases outwards.
  • It starts in areas where air is descending from the atmosphere onto the ground and then blows outwards on the ground.
  • The movement of wind is clockwise in the N. hemisphere and anticlockwise in the S. hemisphere.

Local Winds

Which occur regularly for a short period of time affecting a limited area.

-Modify the weather of the area they blow to.

  1. Sea Breeze

A light and gentle wind which blows from the sea to the adjacent land.

How it Forms

  • During the day land is heated faster than the sea.
  • Air over the land is warmed and rises.
  • Air from the sea moves to the land to replace the rising air.
  • The rising air from the land cools and descends over the sea at high altitude.
  • Circulation continues until the pressure difference is reversed at night.

Effects on weather

It takes cooling effect on land on a hot afternoon.

  1. Land Breeze

-A light and gentle wind which blows from land to the sea during the night.

How it Forms

 

 

  • At night land loses heat faster than the sea.
  • Air over the sea is warmed and rises.
  • Air from the land moves to the sea to replace the rising air.
  • Rising air from the sea descends over land at high altitude.
  • Circulation continues until pressure difference is reversed during the day.

Effects on weather

It causes early morning showers through moisture brought towards land at high altitude.

  1. Anabatic winds (Valley Breeze)

-Cool local winds which blow from the valley to the hill tops during summer afternoons.

How it Forms

  • During the day hill tops are heated more than valley bottoms.
  • Air over the hill tops is warmed and rises.
  • Cool air over the valley move up to the hill to replace the rising air.

Effect on weather

-Cause afternoon showers on hilly grounds.

  1. Katabatic/Descending Winds

-Cold local winds which blow from hill tops to the valley during the night.

  • During the night hill tops lose heat faster than the valley.
  • Air over the valley is warmed and rises.
  • Cool air over the hill tops move to the valley by gravity to replace the rising air.

Effect on Weather

Takes chilly conditions on valley bottoms.

  1. Harmattan Winds

-N.E winds which originate from Sahara and blow across W. Africa between November and March taking dry conditions there.

  1. Fohn Winds (Alps)

-Local cold winds which slide down the leeward side of the mountain at high speed and are warmed producing a temperature rise.

Due to the high speed and temperature they are associated with wild fires.

They are known as Chinook in Rocky Mountains, Santa Anas in California and Mistral in France.

Factors influencing Wind Flow (Speed and direction)

  1. Pressure Gradient

If the pressure difference between high and low pressure areas is high the winds blow at high speed (strong) but if it’s low they blow at high speed (are gentle).

  1. distance between Places of High and Low Pressure

if the high and low pressure areas are near each other winds blow at high speed but if distant from each other winds blow at low speed.

  1. Rotation of the earth

Rotation of the earth deflects winds to the right in the N. hemisphere and to the left in the S. hemisphere.

  1. Frictional Force

If the surface of the earth is rugged or has obstacles such as hills, mountains, valleys or vegetation the wind is blocked causing speed reduction and its direction of flow is also changed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATISTICS

Statistics-numerical figures collected systematically and arranged for a particular purpose.

Statistical data-information presented inform of numbers e.g.

  1. of students in a school
  2. Mean daily temperature of a place
  3. Amount of milk produced daily from a farm
  4. Amount of money earned from exports annually.

Statistical methods-techniques of collecting, recording, analysing, presenting and interpreting statistical data.

Significance of Statistics

Illustrates relationship between 2 or more varying quantities e.g. beans production and acreage under cultivation.

Summarises geographical information which saves time and space.

Makes comparison between components e.g. province with the highest number of people.

Prediction of future trends of weather and climate.

Prediction of natural disasters e.g. droughts and floods.

Planning for provision of social amenities e.g. hospitals and schools.

Types of Statistical Data

primary Data

-First hand or original information from the field e.g.

Mean daily temperature from a weather station

Enumeration/census

Secondary/Derived Data

-2nd hand information available in stored sources compiled by other researchers e.g.

  • Textbooks
  • Reference books
  • Maps
  • Video/audio tapes
  • Textbooks
  • Newspapers
  • Magazines
  • Census reports
  • Slides
  • Census reports

Nature of Statistical Data

  1. Discrete Data

Which is given in whole numbers e.g.

16 elephants

1093 tonnes of wheat

  1. Continuous Data

-Facts and figures which can take any value e.g.

  • Fractions e.g.23 ¼
  • Decimals e.g. 6.20 mm
  • Values within range e.g. 0-30◦c
    1. Grouped Data

-Which is non precise/exact but values range in groups e.g.

 

 

Age group Number of boys
15-19 32
20-24 8

Sources of Statistical Data

  1. Primary Sources

-People or places which have 1st hand or original information.

The information can be collected by observation, measuring, counting, photographing etc.

Advantages

  • Give first hand information
  • The information cant be got from other sources
  1. Secondary sources

-Materials in which information collected by others was stored e.g. text books, reference books, etc.

Methods of Collecting Data (statistical Techniques)

  1. Observation

-Use of eyes to observe features or weather then information is recorded immediately e.g. cloud cover, rocks, soil, land forms, vegetation, etc.

Advantages

Gives 1st hand information which is reliable.

Relevant material to the study is collected.

Time saving since one doesn’t have to look for data in many places.

Disadvantages

  1. Data on past activities isn’t available.
  2. May be hindered by weather conditions e.g. mist and dust storms.
  3. Ineffective for people with visual disabilities.
  4. Tiresome and expensive as it involves a lot of travelling because physical presence is required.
  5. interviewing

-Gathering information from people by direct discussions then answers are recorded. It may be face to face or on a telephone. A questionnaire prepared in advance is used.

Guidelines

One should be polite

Warm and friendly

Respondents/ interviewees should be assured information is confidential.

Respondent should not be interrupted when answering questions.

They should not be given clues but answers should come from them.

Advantages

Reliable first hand information is collected.

Interviewer can seek clarification incase of ambiguity of answers.

Can be used on illiterate.

Interviewer can gauge the accuracy of responses.

Disadvantages

  1. Time consuming since one person can be handled at a time.
  2. Expensive and tiresome as extensive travelling is required to meet the respondents.
  3. May encounter language barrier if the respondent doesn’t speak the same language as the interviewer.
  4. A respondent may lie, exaggerate or distort facts leading to collection of wrong information.
  5. Administering questionnaires

-Set of systematically structured questions printed on paper used on interviews or sent to respondents to fill answers.

Types

  • Open-ended questionnaire-in which respondent is given a chance to express his views. The disadvantage is that different answers are given which are difficult to analyse.
  • Closed-ended (rigid) questionnaire-in which respondents are given answers to choose from.

Characteristics of a good questionnaire

  • Short
  • Uses simple language
  • Systematically arranged from simple to difficult
  • Clear questions
  • Doesn’t touch on respondent’s privacy

Advantages

  1. Comparisons can be made since questions are similar.
  2. First hand information which is relevant to current trends and situation is collected.
  3. Saves money on travelling as physical presence isn’t required.
  4. Saves time as all respondents are handled at the same time.
  5. A lot of information can be collected.

Disadvantages

  1. Difficult analysis due to different answers.
  2. Some questionnaires may be sent back while blank by lazy respondents.
  3. Can’t be used on illiterate respondents.
  4. Some respondents may write wrong information.
  5. Content analysis

-Technique of collecting data from secondary sources.

This is by reading, watching films, viewing photographs and listening to get what is relevant.

Advantages

  1. Easy to get data if analysed.
  2. Cheap as there isn’t extensive travelling
  3. Saves time as all information is in one place.
  4. Possible to get old data

 

Disadvantages

  1. Difficult to verify accuracy of data
  2. Data may be irrelevant to current trends
  3. Up to date data may not be readily available
  4. Measuring

-Determining distances, areas, height or depth using instruments and recording.

Distance can be estimated by pacing or taking steps of equal and unknown length.

  1. Collecting Samples

-Getting a small part e.g. of soil, rock or vegetation to represent the whole to be used to carry out tests in the laboratory.

  1. Counting/census taking

-Arithmetical counting and recording.

  1. Photographing

-Capturing on film or video and still photographs.

  1. Digging

Using tools such as hoe pick axe, spade or soil auger to get samples of soil and rocks.

  • Feeling and touching

-Using fingers to feel the surfaces of soils and rocks to get their textures.

  • sampling

-Examining by taking a sample -a part representing the whole (population).

Types of Sampling

  1. Random Sampling

Selection of members of a group haphazardly where every item has an equal chance of being selected e.g. to select 5 students to go for a tour from a class:

  • Class members write their names on pieces of paper
  • They are folded and put in a basket
  • The basket is shaken and fives papers are taken out
  1. Systematic Sampling

-Selection of members of a sample from an evenly distributed phenomena at regular intervals e.g. after every 10 items/members.

  1. Stratified sampling

-Selection of members of a sample by breaking the population into homogenous groups e.g. to select 6 students to go for a tour:

  • Break the class into boys and girls
  • Select 3 student from each group by random or systematic sampling
  • Combine units from each group to form the required sample.
  1. Cluster Sampling

-Selection of sample by dividing the sample into clusters with similar characteristics then a sample is taken from each cluster and representative choices from each cluster are combined to form a sample e.g. to sample the housing cost an estate is chosen to represent each group and representative choices are chosen from each estate and combined to form a sample.

Advantages

  1. It’s less expensive
  2. It saves time
  3. It avoids bias

Disadvantages

  1. A poor selected sample can lead to misleading information
  2. Systematic sampling to an evenly distributed population

Experimentation

–Conducting a test or investigation to provide evidence for or against a theory e.g. to determine the chemical composition of rocks and soils.

Advantages

  1. First hand data is obtained
  2. Gives accurate results if properly conducted.
  3. It can lead to further discoveries

Disadvantages

  1. May be expensive as it involves use of expensive equipment.
  2. May be time consuming
  3. Use of defective instruments may lead to inaccurate results
  4. Improper handling of equipment and chemicals may lead to accidents

Methods of Recording Data

-Methods off storing information to avoid losing it.

  1. Note Taking

Writing in a note book what is being observed, answers during interviews and then notes are compiled in school or office when writing report.

  1. Filling In Questionnaires

-Filling answers in questionnaires which are responses from a respondent by an interviewer or respondent himself which he/she then sends back.

  1. Tallying

-Making 4 vertical or slanting strokes and the 5th across the 4 to record data obtained by counting or measuring similar items.

  1. Tabulation

-Drawing of tables and filling in data systematically e.g. weather recording sheets.

Month J F M A M J J A S O N D
Temp(◦c) 24 24 23 22 19 17 17 18 19 20 22 23
Rainfall(mm) 109 122 130 76 52 34 28 38 70 108 121 120
  1. Field Sketching

Summarising information observed in the field by making a rough drawing of landscape and labelling the essential information.

  1. Mapping/Drawing Maps

Drawing of a rough map of an area of study and labelling in words or symbols accompanied by key.

  1. Tape Recording

Recording image of an object or landscape on a film which is processed to get a photograph then the photographs are labelled to avoid mix up during storage.

  1. Labelling samples

-Recording conversations during interviews on audio tapes using a tape recorder.

Permission should be got from the respondent to record his/her responses.

Advantages

  • It’s used if responses are too many to be recorded on a note book.
  • It allows smooth flow of discussion as asking respondents to repeat answers would irritate them.

Analysis of Data

-Examining the numerical figures in detail.

Techniques of analysing Data

  1. Calculation of Percentages

-If in the study of a farm 10 hectares are devoted to coffee, what is the % of the area under coffee?

10/100×10%

The table below shows the number of tourists who visited Kenya from various parts of the world in 2006.

 

 

Place of Origin

No. of tourists per year
2005 2006
Europe

Africa

Asia

942000

120000

97000

965000

154000

128000

Total 1159000 1247000
  1. Calculate percentage increase of tourists from Africa between 2005 and 2006.
  2. Measures of Central Tendency

Outstanding general characteristics of the data.

  1. Arithmetic Mean

-The average

Advantages

  • Easy to calculate for a small data
  • Summarises data using a single digit
  • Easy to understand and interpret

Disadvantages

  • Difficult to calculate for grouped data
  • Affected by extreme values
    1. Median

The middle value in a set of data arranged in order.

M= (N+1)/2

  • 20, 50, 90, 100, 150, 180, 200, 220, 240, 300, 360.
  • 20, 50, 90, 100, 150, 180, 200, 220, 240, 300.

Advantages

  • Easy to calculate in a small data set
  • Easy to understand as it’s the value at the middle

Disadvantages

  • Difficult to calculate in a large data set
  • Doesn’t show data distribution
  1. Calculation of Ranges

-Difference between the largest and smallest values. Calculate the range of for the data above.

  1. Mode

-Most frequently recurring value in a set of data.

10, 2, 5, 9, 10, 11, 20, 15, 18, 10.

The mode is 10.

Advantages

  • Easy to find as no calculation is involved
  • Easy to understand

Disadvantage

  • Rarely used as a measure of central tendency

Statistical Presentation of Data

 

 

 

 

 

FIELD WORK

Scientific study of geography using the environment as a laboratory or source of information.

Types of Field Work

  1. Field Excursion

-Visiting an area near or far from the school to see geographical phenomena then note down and discuss later in class.

Aim

  1. Reinforce what has been learnt in class
  2. Gain more geographical knowledge
  3. Identify and appreciate geographical features
  4. Identify problems of geographical interest
  1. Field Research

-Systematic problem solving done by experts in which scientific methods of collecting, recording and analysing data are used.

  1. Field Study

-Study conducted within a neighbourhood in which one theme is pursued e.g. ‘A study of a local farm’.

Importance of Field Work

  1. Reinforces what has been learnt in class.
  2. Enables one to gain more geographical knowledge.
  3. It breaks the monotony of classroom work.
  4. It provides learner with practical skills of collecting, recording and analysing data and report writing.
  5. Gives students an opportunity to go out and practise what they have learnt in class.
  6. Enables students to familiarise themselves with the environment and develop a positive attitude towards it.
  7. Enables students to develop a positive attitude towards manual work.
  8. Promotes development of virtues like cooperation by working in groups.

Field Work Procedure (Steps Followed)

  1. Identification of Topic/Theme

-Reason why you want to carry out field study e.g. ‘A study of rocks around the school’

  1. Identification of the Area of Study

-Determining the area to be used for study.

-Should be chosen carefully to ensure that the field study is successful.

Conditions It Should Meet

  1. Should contain sufficient information
  2. Should be within a convenience distance to reduce expenses
  3. Statement of Objectives

-Stating aims of carrying the field study.

-Act as guidelines to activities to be undertaken during field work.

They should be simple, brief, testable and achievable. E.g. for the topic ‘A study of a local farm’ objectives could be stated as follows:

  • To find out methods of farming in a local farm
  • To identify the cattle breeds in the farm
  • To investigate the problems facing the farm.
  1. Formulation of Hypotheses

Assumptions set before field work whose validity or acceptance is to be proved.

Types of Hypotheses

  • Null Hypothesis (Ho)

-One stated in negative form e.g. ‘There is no relationship between rainfall and crop yield’.

  • Alternative/Substantive hypothesis (H1)

-One stated positively e.g. ‘most foodstuffs sold in the neighbourhood  come from the immediate neighbourhood’.

Quantitative words should be used e.g. more, most, majority. It should not be obvious.

  1. Preparation of the Field Study

It involves:

  1. Seek Permission from Relevant Authorities

Seeking permission from school and authority in the area you are visiting.

It is important to:

  • To avoid being denied permission to enter there
  • Enables individuals to set early the suitable date and time of visit
  • Helps to arrange for a guide to conduct you around
  1. Conduct Reconnaissance (Pre-Visit)

A familiarisation tour of the intended area of study.

It is important to:

  • To determine appropriate routes to be taken
  • Enables to get documents from officials
  • Helps one to identify the appropriate methods of data collection
  • Helps to identify appropriate equipment to be used
  1. Hold Discussion In Class

-Looking through formulated objectives and hypotheses.

It’s important to:

  • Determine their suitability
  • Make adjustments
  • Decide upon data recording methods
  1. Preparation of a Questionnaire

-Important where the interviewer is not able to be with respondents for a long time.

  1. Dividing Into Groups
  • To ease congestion in the area of study
  • To create order during field work
  • To reduce fatigue among participants
  • To help participants collect data within the time given
  1. Preparation for Documents
  • Topographical maps to show the routes you will follow
  • Tables for filling in information
  • Permission documents
  1. Reading Through Relevant Books

-Reading about the topic and the area of study

Important in that it helps participants to know:

  • The kind of data they need to collect
  • The techniques to be employed in the field.
  1. Preparation of a Work Schedule

A timetable to be followed on the day of field study.

It is important to:

  • Indicate the specific time when each activity should take place
  • Reduce time wastage by ensuring proper time management
  • Ensure all important areas are covered and none is forgotten
  • Provide an estimate of total time required for study
  1. Selection of Important Tools and Equipment

 -Tape measure and rulers for measuring, pencils for drawing sketch maps, notebooks for writing notes, polythene bag for sorting and carrying samples, cameras for taking photographs, geological hammer getting rock samples and hoe for digging to get soil samples, etc.

  1. Carrying Out the Field Study

-Setting off to go to the area of study to look for data where techniques of collecting and recording data are applied.

Follow Up Activities

-After data is collected and recorded it’s summarised in the following ways:

  • Discussing the findings in class giving reports through group leaders
  • Writing reports in essay form
  • Calculation of percentages, means, medians and modes
  • Laboratory testing of samples
  • Presentation of data using methods such as graphs, pie charts, etc.

Problems Encountered in Field work

  1. Language Barrier

-Inability to communicate due to the interviewer and the respondent not sharing the same language or respondents may be illiterate and thus unable to fill questionnaire. The problems are:

  • Data may not be collected
  • Illiterate people may give wrong answers while attempting questionnaires
  • An interpreter may have to be engages who would be paid which would raise costs.
  • Answers may be distorted by the interpreter
  1. Hostility

Those being approached to give answers may become harsh due to feeling that their time is being wasted which would cause the field study to be unsuccessful.

  1. Dishonest Respondents

-Respondents giving wrong information due to suspicion fear of shame or superstition.

  1. Bad Weather

Raining heavily making it impossible to proceed with data collection and difficulty in movement.

Becoming very hot making participants uncomfortable and thus unable to proceed with data collection smoothly.

Becoming misty or foggy causing invisibility problems.

  1. Accidents in the Field

One may fall and get inured when walking on rugged areas.

Injuries may result when using tools to get samples by cutting using pangas or knives and digging using hoes.

  1. Attacks by Wild Animals

-Participants may encounter wild animals when carrying out the study in bushy areas e.g. snakes which may bite them, rhinos which may charge at them, etc.

  1. Inaccessibility

physical barriers such as swamps, rivers without bridges, steep slopes and thick vegetation may hinder participants from reaching areas with vital information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MINERALS AND ROCKS

Minerals

-Inorganic substances occurring naturally at or below the earth’s surface.

Characteristics of Minerals

  1. Different degrees of hardness e.g. some are very hard e.g. diamond while others are very soft e.g. talc.
  2. Some have atoms arranged in an orderly manner to form crystals e.g. quartz form a 6- sided prism.
  3. Varying number of elements e.g. gold has one (Av) while quartz has 2 (SiO2).
  4. Different abilities to allow light to pass through e.g. some are transparent, opaque or translucent.
  5. Specific colours e.g. gold is shiny yellow while copper is brown.
  6. Have specific surface appearance (lustre) when they reflect light i.e. metallic (shiny) or non-metallic (glass like).
  7. Definite chemical composition or constant ratio of elements e.g. quartz has one atom of silicon and two atoms of oxygen.
  8. Tendency to break along certain lines or cleavage) e.g. flint has cleavage like that of glass.
  9. Different densities e.g. some are very heavy e.g. lead while others are light e.g. silicate minerals.
  • Some minerals conduct electricity while others don’t e.g. copper conducts while diamond doesn’t.
  • Some can be pressed into different shapes while others can’t e.g. copper is malleable while flint isn’t.

Types of Minerals

Metallic minerals

Ferrous Minerals-limonite, magnetite, siderite and haematite.

Non-ferrous Minerals-copper, aluminium, gold, lead, etc.

Non-metallic Minerals-graphite, diamond, asbestos, coal, etc.

Energy minerals-petroleum, coal and uranium.

Rocks

A consolidated material composed of grains of one or more minerals.

 

 

Classification of Rocks

  1. Igneous Rocks

-Rocks formed when molten material from the earth’s interior cools and solidifies on or beneath the earth’s surface.

Types of Igneous Rocks

  1. Intrusive Igneous Rocks

-Rocks formed when magma cools and solidifies below the earth’s surface e.g. granite, diorite, gabbro, peridotite.

-Have coarse texture as a result of slow cooling giving minerals more time to form large crystals.

-Are classified further into two:

(i) Hypabyssal rocks- intrusive igneous rocks which are near the earth’s surface.

(ii) Plutonic rocks-intrusive igneous rocks which are deep below the surface.

  1. Extrusive Igneous Rocks

Rocks formed when lava solidifies on the earth’s surface.

-Have fine texture due to fast cooling giving minerals less time to collect together to form larger crystals.

They are of two types namely:

  • Volcanic Ejecta

-Extrusive igneous rocks formed in the following ways:

  • When ash and lava ejected from underground as they fall on the earth’s surface e.g. pumice.
  • When dust and ash ejected settle on the ground and get compressed to form a rock e.g. tuff.
  • Lava Flows

-Extrusive igneous rocks formed when basic lava flows over a considerable distance then cools and solidifies e.g. basalt and obsidian.

  1. Sedimentary Rocks

-Rocks formed when particles of other rocks are laid down and compressed into layers or when plant and animal remains are buried and compressed and compacted.

  • When they are laid down a layer is formed.
  • As deposition continues additional layers are formed which compress the lower layers into a hard mass.

Types of Sedimentary Rocks

  1. Mechanically Formed Sedimentary Rocks

-Sedimentary rocks formed when weathered igneous or metamorphic rocks are deposited and compacted e.g. sandstone and shale.

  1. Organically formed Sedimentary Rocks

-Sedimentary rocks formed when animal and plant or animal remains are buried, compressed and compacted.

Classification of Organically Formed Sedimentary Rocks

(i) Calcareous rocks-rich in calcium carbonate e.g. chalk and limestone.

Coral rocks are formed from remains of sea polyps which extract lime from the sea, build shells for protection, attach themselves to each other and rocks to live in colonies, then die and shells to form coral rocks.  

(ii) Ferruginous Rocks-rich in iron e.g. ironstone.

(iii) Siliceous Rocks-rich in silica e.g. diatomite.

(iv) Carbonaceous Rocks-rich in carbon e.g. coal.

  1. Chemically formed Sedimentary Rocks

-Sedimentary rocks formed when materials dissolved in water chemically react forming new substances then water evaporated leaving layers of those salts.

Classification of Chemically Formed Sedimentary Rocks

(i) Carbonates e.g. trona and dolomite

(ii) Sulphates-sulphate compounds

(iii) Chlorides e.g. halite

(iv) Silicates e.g. flint

(v) Iron stones e.g. haematite and limonite.

  1. Metamorphic Rocks

-Rocks which have changed their physical appearance and chemical properties as a result of subjection to great heat and pressure e.g.

  • Gneiss from granite
  • Slate from clay
  • Marble from limestone
  • Quartzite from sandstones

The force involved in metamorphism is

  • Compression force

Distribution of Major Rocks in Kenya

Eastern Kenya region

  • The major rocks are metamorphic rocks e.g. marble in parts of Machakos and schist and gneiss in parts of Kitui.
  • Volcanic rocks in Yatta plateau and Kapiti plans.
  • Sedimentary rocks e.g. limestone rocks used in Bamburi for cement manufacturing.

Coastal Region

  • Major rocks are sedimentary rocks this is because particle, from the ocean, of other rocks and remains of plant and animal are laid down and compressed into layers or buried and compressed and compacted forming sedimentary rocks. e.g. limestone used in Bamburi for cement manufacture.
  • There are volcanic rocks in Tsavo rich in ground water resources.

Northern and N.E Region

  • Dominated by sedimentary sands.
  • There are volcanic rocks in Mt. Marsabit and around Rift Valley.

Rift Valley and Kenya Highlands

  • Dominated by volcanic rocks
  • There are metamorphic rocks which have resulted from changing of igneous rocks.
  1. Victoria Basin
  • Granite and gneiss dominate Western Kenya where they form high rocky hills called granitic tors common in Kisii, Maragoli and Bunyore areas.
  • Sedimentary rocks deposited by rivers e.g. Nyando, Nzoia, Yala and Sondu.

 

 

Significance of Rocks

  1. Rocks weather to form soil which is important in agriculture.
  2. Form aquifers which store ground water which forms springs which form rivers and wells which provide water for domestic and industrial use.
  3. Some rocks are sources of building materials e.g. igneous rocks are used to make ballast and limestone rocks are used as building blocks and raw material in cement manufacturing.
  4. Phosphate and nitrate rocks are used to make fertiliser used in agriculture.
  5. Granitic tors of W. Kenya and high volcanic peaks such as those of Mt. Kenya are a tourist attraction which brings foreign exchange.
  6. Pumice is used as a scrubbing stone.
  7. A rock such as coal is used as fuel for heating, smelting of iron and thermal electricity generation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MINING

-Process of extracting valuable minerals from the earths surface.

Formations in Which Minerals Occur

  1. Veins and Lodes

-Occurrence of minerals in crevices, cracks or faults in igneous rocks.

  • They are said to occur in veins if they occur there in small quantities.
  • Said to occur in lodes if they occur there in large quantities e.g. zinc, copper and silver.
  1. Reefs

-Veins and lodes which are exposed on the surface.

  1. Seams/Layers/Beds

-Occurrence of minerals as sedimentary or as a result of compression of accumulated organic or inorganic material e.g. coal and halite.

  1. Alluvial Deposits

-Occurrence of miner  als while mixed with materials such as sand, gravel, silt, etc.

These were minerals which were detached from the veins by weathering and carried away by streams and rivers and got deposited e.g. gold, diamond and platinum.

  1. Weathering Products

-Minerals formed by deep weathering of rocks then leaching carried minerals from the top to lower layers where they accumulated e.g. aluminium, nickel, iron and manganese.

  1. Oil pools/Wells

-Occurrence of minerals in pools or wells in sedimentary rocks e.g. petroleum and natural gas.

Conditions Necessary for Formation of Petroleum

  1. Presence of fossils or organic remains
  2. Presence of sedimentary rocks for burying organic remains.
  3. Presence of pressure to compress organic remains to cook the oil and natural gas out of organic matter.
  4. Presence of a porous reservoir rock to store and transmit petroleum to the oil pools e.g. limestone and sandstone.
  5. Presence of a trap like a syncline to hold petroleum in a reservoir to prevent its escape.
  6. Presence of impermeable rocks below the trap or syncline to prevent petroleum from percolating further underground.

 

Factors Influencing Exploitation of Minerals

  1. Value of Mineral

Minerals of high value will be mined even if they occur in small quantities because one sold it will be possible to offset mining costs and make a profit and vice versa.

  1. Quality of Ore

Mining can be done if the mineral deposits have high mineral content because they are economical to work on but deposits with low mineral content are rarely worked on except if the mineral in them is rare e.g. uranium.

  1. Size of Deposit

Minerals which aren’t of high value have to occur in large quantities for them to be mined so that it will be a possible to recover mining costs and make a profit.

  1. Capital

Lack of capital causes developing countries not to exploit minerals and leave it to international companies because a lot of money is needed for exploration, infrastructure, salaries, energy etc e.g. titanium mining at Kwale is being done by Tiomin company from Canada.

  1. Method of Mining

A mineral requiring open cast mining will be mined even if the mineral deposit is large but one requiring underground mining will be extracted if its in large deposit or if its of high value or rare.

  1. Transport costs

Minerals occurring in remote areas far from the markets are not likely to be exploited if the transport system is poorly developed since mineral ore is heavy and bulky and transporting it by road and railway is expensive.

  1. Market for the Mineral

Mining can be done if the mineral is in demand and if the prices are reasonable so that mining costs are offset and a profit is realised.

  1. Political Influence

Mineral deposits at the borders of two countries may not be exploited as a dispute may arise concerning whom mine it e.g. dispute between Iraq and Kuwait over Rumaila should oil field.

  1. Labour

Exploitation of some minerals require skilled workers and if they lack it may not be done as is the case in developing countries because expatriates have to be engaged and are very expensive to pay which may reduces the profits accruing from mining.

 

Methods of Mining

  1. Open Cast Mining

-Method of extracting minerals which are near the earth’s surface.

Types

  1. Stripping

-Stripping off of the unwanted material lying on top of the mineral deposit and then digging to remove the mineral bearing rock if it’s soft or if it’s hard explosives may be used to loosen it and then huge power shovels are employed to dig up the mineral deposits.

  1. Hill-slope Boring

-Using boring instruments known as augers to drill out mineral deposit and bring it to the surface.

  1. underground Mining

-Method employed when the mineral lies very deep below the surface and the overburden is too thick to be removed by mechanical means.

Types

  1. Shaft Method

-Method employed when the mineral bearing rock doesn’t out crop.

How it’s carried Out

  • Vertical shafts are sunk into the earth’s crust to reach the layer with the mineral.
  • Horizontal tunnels are dug from the vertical shaft to reach the mineral.
  • Props are erected to support the roof to prevent it from collapsing.
  • The mineral bearing rock is blasted loose by explosives.
  • The deposit is transported on light rail or conveyor belt to the bottom of the shaft.
  • It is then brought to the surface in a crane or a lift called cage.
    1. Drift/Adit Mining

-Method employed when the mineral deposit can be reached from the valley sides.

  • Horizontal tunnels (adits) are constructed from the side of the hill.
  • Railway line is constructed into the mine to bring out the mineral e.g. mining of copper at Kilembe in Uganda.
    1. Solution Method

-Method used in mining soluble minerals such as sulphur, salt, potash, etc.

  • Superheated water is ejected into salt deposits.
  • The mineral dissolves or melts.
  • The solution is then pumped into the surface.
    1. Drilling

Method employed in exploitation of petroleum.

  • Wells (oil derricks) are drilled.
  • Oil and natural gas are brought to the surface under their own pressure or by pumping.
  1. Alluvial/Placer Mining

-Method used to extract minerals occurring in alluvial deposits e.g. gold, tin, diamonds and platinum.

 

Types

  1. Panning

It involves:

  • Digging a mixture of sand, gravel and mineral from the river bed.
  • Putting it in a pan and rotating the pan while tilted.
  • The lighter sand or gravel is washed on the side leaving the heavier mineral at the bottom of the pan e.g. gold mining in Migori and R. Morun Beds in W. Pokot.
    1. Dredging
  • A dredger scoops water logged alluvium from the bed of a lake.
  • The alluvium is passed over sloping channels with series of traps.
  • Wastes are washed away and denser materials are left at the bottom of the trap e.g. mining of soda ash at L. Magadi.
    1. Hydraulic Mining

-Method used when alluvial deposit occurs on a valley side.

  • A powerful jet of water is directed at the deposit.
  • Gravel and mineral collect at the valley because of the great pressure.
  • The mineral grains are recovered and washed out.
    1. Sub-marine Mining

-Method employed in extracting minerals in alluvial deposits lying deep down the ocean floor.

  • A sub-marine dredger goes down the ocean floor.
  • It scoops mineral deposit and rises to the surface.
  • The alluvium is passed over sloping channels with series of traps.
  • Wastes are washed away and denser materials are left at the bottom of the trap.

Significance of Minerals/Mining in Kenya

  1. Kenya earns foreign exchange from exportation of minerals which is used to import goods and services and fund development projects.
  2. Mining is a source of employment to people such as those who work in mines, in cement factories, in transport sector, etc.
  3. Mining has led to development of industries by providing raw materials used in those industries e.g. limestone used in cement factories, coal used in iron and steel industries, soda ash used in glass industry, etc.
  4. Mining has led to development of transport system to make mining areas accessible e.g. Magadi soda mine is connected to the main Mombasa-Nairobi railway line.
  5. Mining has led to development of settlements e.g. Magadi town which originated from the mining of soda ash.
  6. Mining is a source of market for goods and services e.g. there are shops and markets, banking and insurance services offered to people working in mines and related industries.
  7. Has led to development of social amenities by providing social facilities such as housing, health, electricity, water and education alongside infrastructure.

Distribution of Minerals in E. Africa

Phosphates used in the manufacture of fertiliser-Tororo in Uganda and Majingu Hill in Tanzania.

Limestone used in cement manufacturing-Hima in N.W Uganda, Tanga in Tanzania, Athi River and Bamburi in Kenya.

Fluorspar a source of fluorine used in chemical industries-Kerio Valley in Kenya.

Common salt used for consumption-Kilifi and Magadi in Kenya and L. Kitwe in Uganda.

Diatomite used in making insulators –Kariandusi near Gilgil and Gicheru in Nyandarua.

Stones in Machakos, Mutonga and Mbeere.

Carbon dioxide used in making dry ice and in beer and soft drinks industry- Esagari in Baringo and Kagwe in Kiambu.

Diamond used to make ornaments, glass cutters and drills-Mwadui in Tanzania.

Titanium used in the manufacture of insulators for aircraft- Kwale district.

Gemstones near Voi and Mwatate.

Soapstone used for sculpture-Tabaka in Kisii.

Copper used to make electrical wires and coins-Kilembe in Uganda.

Gold used to make medals and jewellery and as a basis of world currency-Musoma in Tanzania, Kakamega and Migori in Kenya.

coal used in smelting of iron and generation of thermal electricityin Ruvuma River Basin and Kivira Songwe in Tanzania.

Problems Facing Mining Industry in Kenya

  1. Inadequate capital making Kenya not to benefit from mineral resources because mining is left to multinational companies who pocket all the money to recover mining cost.
  2. Areas where mineral deposits are inaccessible due to poor transport and infrastructure which makes prospecting and mining difficult.
  3. Insufficient skilled personnel causing dependence on expatriates who are expensive to pay which reduces profits accruing from mining.
  4. Most of mining is controlled by foreign companies so most of the mineral revenue ends up to them as salaries and dividends.
  5. Occurrence of minerals in very small deposits which are not economically viable.
  6. Lack of power supply especially in remote areas with minerals.
  7. Land use conflicts which affect mining e.g. in Kwale between Tiomin and the local people due to inadequate compensation.

Effect of mining on the Environment

  1. Renders land useless for other economic activities such as agriculture (dereliction) due to open pits left on land and heaps of rock waste litter dumped on land.
  2. Pollutes the environment e.g. atmospheric pollution from dust and smoke from tractors and trucks, water pollution from spilling of oil from offshore oil drilling and soil pollution from chemicals and explosives used in mining.
  3. Leads to loss of bio-diversity due to destruction vegetation which also destroys habitats of various animals leading to their destruction also.
  4. Causes soil degradation e.g. by loosening the soil which makes it vulnerable to agents of erosion like wind and water, tractors and trucks compact the soil making water infiltration difficult and chemicals used interfering with soil chemical composition making it unsuitable for agriculture.
  5. Causes mass wasting when explosives and heavy equipment used in mining shake the ground making weathered materials to move faster down slope under the influence of gravity.

Trona mining on L. Magadi

Location

L.Magadi is 120km S.W of Nairobi on the floor of the Great Rift Valley.

Occurrence

Trona deposits occur as a solution of sodium salts the main ones being sodium sequicarbonate and sodium chloride.

Mode of Formation

  • Rain water dissolves soda salts in volcanic rocks.
  • The solution percolates through the rocks and soil and gets beneath the basin.
  • The accumulated solution is heated by the hot rocks beneath.
  • Pressure builds up and the heated solution is pushed to the surface.
  • It comes out of the ground inform of hot springs below or on the sides of the lake.
  • Due to high temperature water evaporates leaving behind crystals of trona.

Extraction and Processing

  • A dredger scoops trona out of the lake.
  • It crushes it into smaller pieces and separates it from rock debris.
  • The material is mixed with water to form slurry and transported to factory on the lake’s shore.
  • In the factory the slurry is mixed with water to wash out impurities such as mud and salt and dried.
  • It is sent to desiccators and heated to remove moisture and hydrogen to form soda ash.
  • Soda ash is cooled and ground into powder and sieved.
  • It’s packed into paper bags, weighed and transported to the market.

Uses of Soda ash

Used in the:

  1. Glass industry in the manufacture of glasses and bottles.
  2. Manufacture of soaps and detergents.
  3. Softening water in paper making.
  4. In textile industry.
  5. In oil refining.

Benefits to the Economy

  1. Has led to growth of Magadi town ship.
  2. Has led to development of social amenities such as hospitals and schools and water from Oloibortoto River which has benefited the local people.
  3. Has led to development of infrastructure e.g. railway line from Konza to L. Magadi.
  • The Magadi Soda Company employs many Kenyans including the nomadic Maasai.
  • Exports of soda ash earn Kenya a substantial amount of foreign exchange.

 

Problems

  1. Stiff competition from developed countries with large soda deposits e.g. U.S.A and Israel.
  2. Low value of salt is insufficient to meet its production cost.
  3. High labour costs due to incentives given so that workers agree to work in the hostile environment of L. Magadi.

Gold in S. Africa

Gold occurs as small grains in a hard rock.

It’s mined by shaft mining since its bearing rocks are deep below the surface.

The main mining area is the Witwatersrand and others are Ogendaalrus and lydenburg.

Processing

  • Ore is crushed to a fine powdery dust.
  • Mixed with water until it is fluid mud.
  • Cyanide is added to dissolve gold.
  • The fluid is runoff with gold dissolved leaving behind waste salts.
  • Zinc dust is added to filter gold for solidification.
  • Gold sinks as it is denser.
  • Gold is smelted and cast into ingots.

Significance to the Economy of S. Africa

  1. Earns the country foreign exchange used for paying foreign debts.
  2. Offers employment to many people raising their living standards.
  3. Has led to widespread urbanisation contributing to formation of Witwatersrand conurbation.
  4. Has formed a broad market for other industries e.g. engineering, foot wear, electrical and construction industries.
  5. Has led to improvement of infrastructure and social amenities e.g. roads, schools, hospitals, etc.
  6. Led to development of agriculture.

Problems Facing Gold mining

  1. Expensive to mine for lying deeply.
  2. Large capital is required to start mines.
  3. Complication of mining by folds and faults in the crust.
  4. Low gold content in the ore.
  5. Problem of removal of underground water.
  6. Lack of adequate supply of fresh water on the surface in mining areas.
  7. Accidents resulting from collapsing of mine roofs.

Diamond Mining in S. Africa

Diamond is the hardest known substance.

-Mined in Kimberly, Bloemfontein and Alexander Bay.

-Mined by underground mining or alluvial mining.

Processing

  • Diamond bearing kimberlite is crushed
  • Crushed rock is mixed with water
  • Diamond sinks to the bottom as it’s denser
  • Water and less dense residue are drained off
  • Remaining material is put on heavily greased trays and washed
  • Diamond repels water so it sticks to grease while remnants are drained off
  • Diamonds are then sorted out and graded into gem diamonds and industrial type (for cutting purposes).

Contribution to the Economy

  1. Provides employment to thousands of people
  2. Earns the country substantial foreign exchange
  3. Has led to growth of urban centres e.g. Pretoria and Kimberly.
  4. Has contributed to development of infrastructure

Problems Facing Diamond Mining

  1. Fluctuation in the world market prices
  2. High cost of mining and processing diamond
  3. depletion of mines
  4. Low mineral in the ore making mining expensive
  5. labour competition with other sectors e.g. manufacturing and gold mining

Petroleum in the Middle East

Oil is a thick black sticky liquid called crude oil

  • It was formed from small creatures that lived in shallow lagoons about 100-200m ago.
  • Decaying remains of those creatures mixed with mud at the bottom as sediments
  • The sediments piled on each other and slowly transformed into sedimentary rocks
  • Gradually the remains were converted into oil and gas.

 

Major oil producers in the Middle East are Saudi Arabia with the largest reserves, Iraq, Kuwait and United Arab Emirates.

Middle East accounts for 64% of world oil reserves.

There are several giant oil fields in Ghawar in Saudi Arabia and Kirkuk in Iraq.

Processing

Crude oil is processed by refining using a technique called fractional distillation.

The process takes place near as possible to the market as it’s cheaper to transport crude oil than the different refined products.

It’s processed into secondary products such as petrol, paraffin, lubricating oils, dyes, fertilisers and plastics.

  • Impurities are removed from the crude oil
  • Crude oil is heated before entering fluctionating column
  • It’s turned into vapour or gas
  • Different ingredients turn back to liquid at different temperatures.
  • Ingredients gradually cool, condense and collect in various trays and allowed to overflow until they reach an outlet.

Contribution to the Economies

  1. Arab’s investments overseas have increased due to oil reserves.
  2. High income per capita due to oil profits.
  3. Has led to development of cities e.g. Tripoli in Libya.
  4. Investment of oil money in other sectors e.g. power stations, cement factories and exploitation of other minerals.
  5. Earns the countries substantial foreign exchange
  6. Increased political and military power.
  7. Artesian water is made available for domestic and irrigation purposes e.g. in Libya.
  8. Oil companies help in fixing down the sand dunes and planting trees in the deserts.

 

Maasai Mara University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Maasai Mara University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

 

OVERVIEW

Maasai Mara university offers postgraduate, undergraduate and diploma level academic programs distributed in five different schools, namely: School of Tourism and Natural Resources Management (2 departments), School of Education (2 departments), School of Science (4 departments), School of Business (2 departments) and school of Arts and Social Sciences (2 departments). These programs are offered after a thorough demand assessment, and are responsive to community needs and give the students and the community the capacity to solve real-life and day to day social, economic, livelihood and environmental challenges.

ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES

ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES

Academic Programmes

Admission Requirement:

  • Minimum Mean Grade of C+ at KCSE and at least a C Plain in English and Mathematics or Business Studies or Commerce or Accounting or Economics OR
  • Two Principles and a Subsidiary Pass at ‘A’ Level plus at least a Pass in Mathematics and English at ‘O’ Level OR
  • Diploma holders in Business related discipline from a recognized institution

 

Academic Programmes

  • Bachelor of Education (Arts)
  • Bachelor of Education (Science)
  • Bachelor of Education (Arts) with Special Needs Education
  • Bachelor of Education (Arts) with Guidance and Counseling
  • Bachelor of Education (Science) with Special Needs Education
  • Bachelor of Education (Science) with Guidance and Counseling
  • Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood Development Education)

The School has a variety of Undergraduate programs in various areas like Computer Science, Applied Statistics with Computing, Information Science, Chemistry, Botany, Physics, Zoology, and Mathematics. The following programs are ongoing in the school. Bachelor of Science (Computer Science)

Academic Programmes

  • Bachelor of Education (Arts)
  • Bachelor of Education (Science)
  • Bachelor of Education (Arts) with Special Needs Education
  • Bachelor of Education (Arts) with Guidance and Counseling
  • Bachelor of Education (Science) with Special Needs Education
  • Bachelor of Education (Science) with Guidance and Counseling
  • Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood Development Education)

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS

General Minimum Admission Requirements

Applicants admitted into programmes offered at Maasai Mara University must meet the following general minimum entry requirements in addition to specific subject requirements for each programme.

Minimum mean grade of a D+ at KCSE or equivalent

1 year Diploma programmes require a minimum mean grade of C plain at KCSE

2 year Diploma programmes require a minimum mean grade of C- (minus) at KCSE

3 year Diploma programmes (Diploma in Primary Education /Diploma in Secondary Education) require a minimum mean grade of C+ at KCSE

In addition, applicants must meet the specific subject requirements for each programme

Minimum mean grade of C+ at KCSE

OR

2 principals and 1 subsidiary pass at “A” level

OR

A Diploma in a relevant field of study from a recognized institution.

In addition, applicants must meet the specific subject requirements for each programme

Bachelors Degree, Second Class (Upper Division) in a relevant field of study or its equivalent from a recognized University

OR

Bachelors Degree, Second class Honors (Lower Division), with at least two years post qualification work experience

OR

Bachelors Degree with a Pass and a Postgraduate Diploma in a relevant field of study.

Masters degree in a relevant field of study, from a recognized University.

Free Chemistry Updated Notes For Form 1 to 4

Free Chemistry Updated Notes For Form 1 to 4

Get over 10,000 downloads for free forms one, two, three and four notes here.

3. CHEMISTRY FORMULARS HANDBOOK.pdf
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 2020.doc
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 OPENER PP3 MS.docx
CHEMISTRY PAPER 1 QP.docx
Chemistry Paper 1.docx
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 OPENER PP1 Q.docx
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 OPENER PP3 CONFIDENTIAL.docx
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 OPENER PP3 Q.docx
4. CHEMISTRY TOPICAL QUESTIONS BOOKLET.doc
CHEMIstry NOTES, CHLORINE – Copy.pptx
Chem Reaction Rates quarantine revision.pdf
Chemistry Series 3.doc
Chemistry Series 6.docx
Chemistry Series 7.docx
Chemistry Series 8.docx
Chemistry Series 9.docx
Chemistry SERIES 1.doc
Chemistry Schemes Form 4 (2).doc
Chemistry PP3-1.pdf
Chemistry PP3 (3).pdf
Chemistry PP2 (2).pdf
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 OPENER PP1 MS.docx
chemistry paper 2.docx
CHEMISTRY PP3 FINAL GAUGE PREDICTION (3).pdf
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 PAPER 1 REVISION KIT MODEL17917-QUIZ.pdf
CHEMISTRY PAPER 3 2022.pdf
CHEMISTRY PAPER 3 PREDICTION 2022.pdf
CHEMISTRY FORM 4 PAPER 1 REVISION KIT MODEL17917-MS.pdf
Chemistry practical revision 2022 end.pdf
CHEMISTRY FORM III TEXTBOOK.doc
CHEMISTRY TEXTBOOK.doc
CHEMISTRY FORM THREE Q&A.doc
6. CHEMISTRY FORM THREE Q&A1.doc
4. CHEMISTRY TOPICAL QUESTIONS BOOKLET (2).doc
Chemistry PP2-1.pdf
Chemistry PP1 (2).pdf
CHEMISTRY F4 notes.doc
CHEM the rate of chemical reaction.pdf
CHEMISTRY FLOW CHARTS QUESTIONS..pdf
chemistry notes (f1-f4).docx
CHEMISTRY NOTE.pdf
CHEMISTRY NOTES_F1.pdf
CHEMISTRY 2023 TOP SCH’S MOCKS (4).pdf
CHEMISTRY BOOKLET 1.pdf
chemistry notes (f1-f4) (1).docx
CHEMISTRY NOTE (1).pdf
CHEMISTRY NOTES.pdf
CHEMISTRY FORM 1 NOTES (1).pdf
5. Chemistry – Fundamentals Handbook.pdf
1. CHEMISTRY PAPER 1 + MARKING SCHEME.doc

          Hot downloads!

CHEMISTRY NOTES FOR FORM 3

Free Chemistry Notes, Exams, Schemes of Work, Lesson Plans: Form 1 to 4

INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY NOTES- UPDATED & EDITABLE

FORM 3 CHEMISTRY NOTES HANDBOOK

Free Chemistry notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY FORM 3 CHEMISTRY NOTES

SULPHUR AND ITS COMPOUNDS FORM 3 CHEMISTRY NOTES LATEST

Free Chemistry Notes For Form 1-4

CHEMISTRY NOTES FOR FORM 4

METALS FORM 4 CHEMISTRY NOTES

ELECTROCHEMISTRY FORM 4 CHEMISTRY NOTES

CHEMISTRY NOTES F1-4: LATEST NOTES

kcse chemistry notes,
Chemistry notes pdf free download,
Chemistry notes pdf,
Chemistry notes form 3,
Chemistry notes form 2,
Chemistry notes form 1 pdf,
Chemistry notes form 1,

Agriculture notes form 1,2,3 and 4 pdf free download

Looking for the latest free High School Agriculture notes for all forms in pdf? Well. You can now download all these and many more, here.

FREE AGRICULTURE NOTES FOR ALL FORMS

Find more free notes here; Free Secondary and Primary school notes, exams, schemes, lesson plans, revision materials, Home and Holiday Assignments

DOWNLOAD FREE PRIMARY & HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE PRIMARY & SECONDARY RESOURCES (OVER 300,000 DOWNLOADS)

FREE UPDATED NOTES

Click on the links below

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

Click on the links below;

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

Search more free materials here: [ivory-search id=”16550″ title=”Get Free Primary and Secondary: Notes, Exams, KCSE, KCPE papers, Schemes of work and more”]

FREE PRIMARY SCHOOL RESOURCES

FREE CLASS 8 RESOURCES

LOWER PRIMARY RESOURCES (PP1-2 & GRADE 1-6)

Read more.

Grade 9 Free Notes

Download free Grade 9 Free Notes:

Grade-9-cre-kusomaplex (2).pdf
Grade-8-Complete rationalized-c-r-e-note (2).pdf
G9-Social (2).pdf
GRADE 9 CRE NOTES (4).pdf
Eng-grade-9-kusomaplex- (2).pdf
GRADE 9 INTEGRATED SCIENCE NOTES(2) (4).pdf
Grade-9-CRE-Complete-Notes-enovate (2).pdf
Grade_9_Rationalized_Islamic_Religious_Education_IRE_Notes_Term (2).pdf
GRADE 9 MATHEMATICS NOTES(1) (3).pdf
GRADE 9 KISWAHILI TEACHING NOTES (4).pdf
G9pretech (2).pdf

BIOLOGY PAST KCSE QUESTIONS & ANSWERS PER TOPIC (SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS) IN PDF

SUPPORT AND MOVEMENT IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

PAST KCSE QUESTION ON THE TOPIC

  1. The diagram below represents in a mammalian bone

 

 

(a) State the function of the part labeled K and L                 ( 2 marks)

(b) State the region of the body in which the bone is found ( 1 mark)

  1. State two ways in which  skeletal muscle fibres are adapted to the function

( 2 marks)

  1. The diagram below shows the arrangement of bones and muscles in a human arm.

 

 

 

(i) Name the parts of the bone labeled K                               ( 1 mark)

(ii) How do the muscles work to extend the arm?                 ( 3 marks)

  1. State three structural differences  between  biceps muscles and muscles of the gut

 

 

 

  Biceps Gut muscles
(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

   

 

 

 

(a)       Name the bone                                                            ( 1 mark)

(b)       Name the type of joint formed by the bone at its anterior end with the adjacent bone                                                              ( 1 mark)

  1. Give a reason why the  lumbar vertebrae have long  and  abroad transverse processes                                                                        ( 2 marks)
  2.  (a)      Name the three types  of  skeletons found in multicellular animals

( 3 marks)

(b)       Describe how the cervical, lumbar and sacral vertebrae are suited to their

functions                                                         ( 17 marks)

  1. A bone obtained from a  mammal is represented by the diagram  below

 

 

(a) Name the bone                                                                        ( 1 mark)

(b) Which bones articulate with the bone shown in the diagram at the notch?

( 2 marks)

  1.  (a) Name the cartilage between the bones  of the  vertebral column

( 1 mark)]

(b) State the function of the cartilage in (a) above   ( 1 mark)

  1. How are xylem vessels adapted for support?                        ( 1 mark)
  2. The diagram below represents bones at a joint  found in the hind limb of a mammal

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Name the bones labeled X, Y, and Z                                ( 3 marks)

X _______________________

Y _______________________

Z _______________________

(b)       (i) Name the substance found in the place labeled W                       ( 1 mark)

(ii) State the function of the substance named in (b) (i) above

(c)       Name the structure that joins the bones together at the joint           ( 1 mark)

(d)       State the differences between ball and socket joint and the one illustrated in the diagram above                                                                  ( 1 mark)

(e)       Name the structure at the elbow that performs the same functions as the patella                                                                                     ( 1 mark)

  1.  (a) State a characteristic that is common to all cervical vertebrae

(b) Name two tissues in plants that provide mechanical support     ( 2 marks)

  1.  (a)  Name the three types  of muscles found in mammals and give an example

of where each on of them is found

(b) State the difference between ball and socket and hinge joint     ( 1 mark)

 

  1. State three functions of  an insects exoskeleton                                (3 marks)
  2. State the function of the following fins of a fish
  • Dorsal fin ( 1 mark)

(b) Pectoral and pelvic fins                                                          ( 1 mark)

(c) Caudal fin                                                                               ( 1 mark)

  1. State the diagnostic features of the cardiac muscles                         ( 3 marks)

The following figure is a part of a pelvic girdle known as the innominate bone

 

 

 

 

 

(a)       Make a complete drawing of the girdle                                 ( 1 mark)

(b)       Name the bones that articulate with the pelvic girdle. In each case name the part that articulates with                                                        ( 2 marks)

  1. Distinguish  between tendons and  ligaments                                               ( 2 marks)
  2. Explain what  antagonistic  muscles are  and give an example        ( 4 marks)
  3. (a) Name three types of strengthening tissues found in plants         ( 3 marks)

(b) Explain how the tissue in (a) above are adapted to their functions

( 3 marks)

  1. (a)       Name the  three main types of  joint                         ( 3 marks)

(b)       Give an example of where each type of joint name in (a) above is found in the human body                                                          ( 3 marks)

  1. What makes young herbaceous plant remain upright?         ( 2 marks)]
  2. Name three types of muscles found in the human body, state where each type is located and how each is adapted to its functions.                 ( 12 marks)

2023 KCSE Mock Exams Full Papers with Answers

2023 KCSE Mock Exams Full Papers with Answers

MUSIC P3.docx
Music
AGRICULTURE P1 (1).docx
AGRICULTURE P1(1).docx
AGRICULTURE P2.docx
AGRICULTURE P2(1).docx
BIOLOGY P1.docx
BIOLOGY P1(1).docx
BIOLOGY P2 (1).docx
BIOLOGY P2.docx
BIOLOGY P3 – CONFIDENTIAL.docx
BIOLOGY P3 (1).docx
BIOLOGY P3 (2).docx
BIOLOGY P3 (3).docx
BUSINESS STUDIES P1.docx
BUSINESS STUDIES P1(1).docx
BUSINESS STUDIES P2.docx
BUSINESS STUDIES P2(1).docx
CHEMISTRY CONFIDENTIAL (1).docx
CHEMISTRY P1.docx
CHEMISTRY P1(1).docx
CHEMISTRY P2.docx
CHEMISTRY P2(1).docx
CHEMISTRY P3.docx
CHEMISTRY P3(1).docx
COMPUTER STUDIES P2.doc
COMPUTER STUDIES P1.docx
COMPUTER STUDIES P1(1).docx
COMPUTER STUDIES P2.doc
CRE P1.docx
CRE P1(1).docx
CRE P2.docx
CRE P2(1).docx
ENGLISH P1.docx
ENGLISH P1(1).docx
ENGLISH P2.docx
ENGLISH P2(1).docx
ENGLISH P3 (1).docx
ENGLISH P3(1).docx
GEOGRAPHY P1.docx
GEOGRAPHY P1(1).docx
GEOGRAPHY P2.docx
GEOGRAPHY P2(1).docx
GERMAN P1.docx
GERMAN P1(1).docx
GERMAN P2.docx
GERMAN P2(1).docx
GERMAN P3.docx
GERMAN P3A.docx
GERMAN P3B.docx
HISTORY P2.docx
HISTORY P1.docx
HISTORY P1(1).docx
HISTORY P2.docx
HOME SCIENCE CONFIDENTIAL 441.docx
HOMESCIENCE P1.docx
HOMESCIENCE P1(1) (1).docx
HOMESCIENCE P1(1).docx
HOMESCIENCE P2.docx
HOMESCIENCE P2(1).docx
HOMESCIENCE P2(2).docx
HOMESCIENCE P3.docx
KISWAHILI P1.docx
KISWAHILI P1(1).docx
KISWAHILI P2.docx
KISWAHILI P2(1).docx
KISWAHILI P2(2).docx
KISWAHILI P3 (1).docx
KISWAHILI P3 Q.docx
KISWAHILI P3 Q(1).docx
KISWAHILI P3(1).docx
MATHEMATICS P1.docx
MATHEMATICS P1(1).docx
MATHEMATICS P2.docx
MATHEMATICS P2(1).docx
MUSIC P1 MS.doc
MUSIC P3 MS.doc
MUSIC P1.docx
PHYSICS CONFIDENTIAL (1).docx
PHYSICS P1.docx
PHYSICS P1(1).docx
PHYSICS P2.docx
PHYSICS P2(1).docx
PHYSICS P3.docx
PHYSICS P3(1).docx

Chemistry syllabus pdf

KNEC KCSE CHEMISTRY SYLLABUS

CHEMISTRY Syllabus

FORM 1

  1. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
  2. Definition of chemistry and its role in society
  3. Properties of matter
  4. States of matter
  5. Mixtures and their separations
  6. Conductors and non-conductors of electricity
  7. Mention of drugs prescription, dosage and abuse)
  8. Chemistry laboratory
  9. Heating apparatus Bunsen burner, spirit lamp, candle, gas or kerosene stove and electric heater) 2. Parts of a Bunsen burner and its flame 3. Measuring apparatus volume, temperature, mass, time) 4. Other apparatus glass ware, spatula, deflagrating spoon, crucible, wire gauze e.tc) 5. Laboratory safety rules
  10. SIMPLE CLASSIFICATION OF SUBSTANCES
  11. Separation of mixtures 1. Filtration, evaporation and condensation 2. Distillation simple and fractional), chromatography, solvent extraction as a method of extracting oil from nut seeds, crystallization, separation by using separating funnel, sublimation and decantation 3. Simple criteria for purity; melting point and boiling point
  12. Effect of heat on substances
  13. States of matter solid, liquid, gases); The kinetic theory
  14. Melting and boiling, condensation and evaporation of liquids in terms

of kinetic theory 3. Permanent and non-permanent changes illustrate using iodine, wax, copper (II) sulphate crystals, potassium manganate (VII), Zinc (II) oxide e.t.c) 3. Constituents of matter

  1. Elements, atoms, molecules and compounds
  2. Names and symbols of common elements
  3. Simple word equations
  4. Applications 1. Fractional distillation of crude oil (e.gchangamwe oil refinery) and liquid air, salt extraction e.g. Magadi soda Company and Ngomeni; removal of stains from fabrics (dry cleaning); obtaining cream from milk
  5. Projects
  6. Extraction of natural dyes, medicines and oils from plants
  7. Construction and use of a fractionating column
  8. ACIDS, BASIS AND INDICATORS
  9. Acid/Base indicators 1. Plant-extracts as simple acid-base indicators 2. Common acid-base indicators, universal indicators and pH scale 3. Acidic, neutral and basic/alkaline solutions illustrated by the use of the following examples; water, aqueous solution/suspension; lemon juice, soap, wood ash, baking powder, anti-acid tablets and powders, toothpaste, sour milk, ammonia, ammonium sulphate, sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, carbon (IV) oxide, sulphur (IV) oxide, sulphur acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, calcium hydroxide and magnesium oxide
  10. Simple properties of acids and bases
  11. Reaction of dilute acids with metals, metal oxides, hydroxides, carbonates and hydrogen carbonates 2. Effects of acids on substances
  12. Applications 1. Use of acids and bases
  13. Projects 1. Investigate various plant extracts and use them as acid/base indicators
  14. AIR AND COMBUSTION
  15. Composition of air

1.Approximate percentage of nitrogen and oxygen in air by volume mention of carbon dioxide and noble gases as other constituents of air) 2. Quantitative determination of oxygen in air using copper, iron fillings and burning candle 3. Burning of substances in air; carbon, sulphur, phosphorus (CARE), sodium and copper 4. Oxygen as an active part of air mass changes involved) 5. Fractional distillation of liquefied air 6. Rusting: conditions, composition and prevention

  1. Oxygen
  2. Laboratory preparation of oxygen using 20 volume by volume (v/v) hydrogen peroxide with water( relate methods of collection to the properties of the gas) 2. Properties; physical and chemical 3. Combustion of elements in oxygen (metals and non-metals) 4. Competition for combined oxygen illustrated by the reaction of magnesium with carbon (IV) oxide, lead (II) oxide and copper(II)oxide 5. Mention atmospheric pollution due to burning in oxygen
  3. Reactivity series 1. Order of reactivity of elements from reaction with oxygen: potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium, aluminium, carbon, zinc, iron, lead and copper 2. Uses: oxy-acetylene in welding; life support functions
  4. Application 1. Extraction of metals – use the concept of reactivity series only) 5. Projects 1. Determination of oxygen in water from different sources. Investigate industrial processes of large scale oxygen production (e.g the British Oxygen Company (BOC) Kenya Limited) 5. WATER AND HYDROGEN 1. Water 1. Sources of water; Burning of organic matter e.g burning candle in air(test for carbon (IV) oxide and water vapour using calcium hydroxide and cobalt chloride paper or anhydrous copper (II)sulphate respectively) 2. Water as an oxide of hydrogen 3. Reaction of sodium, calcium, magnesium with cold water and reaction of magnesium, zinc, iron with steam. 4. Hydrogen
  5. Laboratory preparation of hydrogen by reacting a metal with dilute acid. Test for hydrogen 2. Properties: physical and chemical 3. Oxidation and reduction (Oxygen gain and removal only) 4. Uses – manufacture of margarine, rocket fuels, ammonia, hydrochloric acid, Oxy-hydrogen flame for welding and weather balloons) 5. Project 1. Identification of common pollutants of water from local sources and suggesting their control *

 

 

 

 

 

FORM 2

  1. STRUCTURE OF THE ATOM AND PERIODIC TABLE
  2. The structure of the atom
  3. Names and symbols of the first twenty elements of the periodic table
  4. Simple structure of the atom; protons, electrons, neutrons; electron

energy levels in atoms

  1. Atomic characteristics
  2. Definition of atomic number, mass number, isotopes and relative atomic mass (reference C-12); Examples of isotopes 2. Calculation of relative atomic mass from relative abundance of isotopes of an element
  3. The periodic table
  4. Build up of the periodic table for the first twenty elements on the basis of energy levels
  5. Ion formation
  6. Formation of simple ions (cations and anions):qualitative treatment of the ionisation energy and electron affinity 2. Writing of the electron arrangement of ions formed from atoms; lithium, sodium, fluorine, chlorine, aluminium, magnesium and sulphur; definition of valency and oxidation numbers. 3. Derive latency and oxidation number of an element from atoms; its position in the periodic table 4. Names and formula of common radicals 5. Use of valencies in determining the chemical formula of some common compounds 6. Writing simple balanced chemical equations
  7. Project
  8. Atomic model construction
  9. CHEMICAL FAMILIES; PATTERNS IN PROPERTIES
  10. Alkali metals (Group 1); Lithium, sodium and potassium
  11. Electron arrangement, gradation in size of the atom, ion and trends in ionisation energy 2. properties; appearance, melting point, boiling point, thermal and electrical conductivity 3. Reaction with air, water and chlorine 4. Similarity of ions and formula of hydroxides, oxides and chlorides of alkali metals 5. Uses of alkali metals( sodium only) 2. Alkaline-earth metals Group 2)(Berylium, magnesium, and calcium) 1. Electron arrangement, gradation in size of atom, ion and trend of ionisation energy 2. properties; appearance, melting point, boiling point, thermal and electrical conductivity 3. Reaction with air, water, chlorine and dilute acids 4. Similarity of ions and formula of oxides, hydroxides and chlorides 5. Importance of alkaline earth metals
  12. Halogens Fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine) 1. Electron configuration of chlorine and fluorine, gradation in size of atoms and ions 2. properties (Appearance, melting point, boiling point, thermal and electrical conductivity) 3. Reaction with metals, sodium, zinc, iron and water 4. Similarity of ions and formulae of compounds 5. Importance of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine
  13. Noble gases (Helium, neon, argon )
  14. Electron arrangement and gradation in size of atoms
  15. Electron arrangement-the basis of low reactivity of helium, neon and

argon 3. Importance of noble gases

  1. Properties and Trends Across a period
  2. Period three elements sodium, magnesium, aluminium, silicon, phosphorus ,sulphur, chlorine and argon) 2. Electron arrangement of the elements 3. properties of period three elements atomic size, ionisation energy, melting point, boiling point, thermal and electrical conductivity) 4. Reaction of period three elements with oxygen, water and dilute acids. (Caution: Reaction of sodium with acids is explosive. Give theoretical treatment only) 6. Project 1. Construction of the models of the periodic table
  3. STRUCTURE AND BONDING
  4. The role of outer electrons in chemical bonding 1. Significance of outer electrons in chemical bonding 2. The noble gas electron arrangement 3. Electron transfer and ionic bonding 4. Electron sharing and covalent bonding 5. Use dot(

) and cross (x) diagrams to illustrate bonding, electrostatic forces of attraction in the following: molecular (iodine ), giant covalent (diamond, graphite and silicon (IV)oxide), giant ionic (sodium chloride) and giant metallic copper) 6. Other types of bonds: coordinate, hydrogen bond, van der waals forces of attraction( simple explanation only) 7. The influence of hydrogen bonds and Van der waals forces on physical properties melting point, boiling point, solubility, electrical and thermal conductivity) 2. Types of Bonds Across a Period

  1. Changes in types of chemical bonds in oxides and chlorides of sodium, magnesium, aluminium, silicon, phosphorus, Sulphur and chlorine
  2. Applications 1. Selection of materials for various uses; e.g. diamond, graphite and aluminium
  3. Project 1. Investigation of materials in terms of their structure and bonding
  4. SALTS
  5. Methods of preparing salts
  6. Preparation of soluble salts by reaction of acids with; metals, metal hydroxides, metal carbonates and metal hydrogen carbonates 2. Preparation of insoluble salts by precipitation (ionic equations required) 3. Direct combination reaction( e.g. sodium with chlorine, iron with sulphur) 4. Types of salts; normal, acid and double salts
  7. Solubility of salts
  8. Solubility of sulphates, chlorides, nitrates and carbonates in water
  9. Relationship between method of preparation and solubility
  10. Action of heat on salts 1. Effects of heat on the following salts; carbonates, nitrates, sulphates and hydrated salts (include ammonium salts) 2. Applications
  11. Project 1. Analysing anti-acid drugs
  12. EFFECT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT ON SUBSTANCES
  13. Conduction of electricity 1. Conductors and non-conductors 2. Test of conduction of electricity by:*

 

 

 

 

FORM 3

  1. GAS LAWS
  2. Boyle’s law and Charles’ law 1. Boyle’s law, Charles law and combined gas laws 2. Explanation of the laws 3. Calculations involving gas laws
  3. Grahams’ law of diffusion
  4. THE MOLE: FORMULAE AND CHEMICAL EQUATIONS
  5. The mole as a basic unit 1. Molar mass 2. Relative atomic mass 3. Conversion of mass in grams to moles and vice versa
  6. Determination of formulae

Empirical and mass formulae, Molar solutions

Molar gas volume

  1. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 1 (HYDROCARBONS)
  2. Alkanes
  3. Alkenes
  4. Alkynes
  5. Action of heat on nitrates
  6. NITROGEN AND ITS COMPOUNDS
  7. Isolation of nitrogen gas from air
  8. Laboratory preparation of nitrogen gas
  9. Oxides of nitrogen (nitrogen (I) oxide, nitrogen (II) oxide, nitrogen

(iv) oxide ) 4. Ammonia

  1. Nitric acid SULPHUR AND ITS COMPOUNDS
  2. Occurrence and extraction of sulphur
  3. Sulphur (iv) oxide (sulphur dioxide)
  4. Manufacture of sulphuric(vi) acid
  5. Properties of sulphuric(vi) acid
  6. Hydrogen sulphide
  7. CHLORINE AND ITS COMPOUNDS
  8. Chlorine
  9. Hydrogen chloride
  10. Effects of solvent on the properties of hydrogen chloride
  11. Use of hydrogen chloride gas

*

 

 

 

FORM 4

  1. ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS
  2. Acid and bases 1. Acids as substances which dissociate in water to give hydrogen ions 2. Bases as substances which dissociates in water to give hydroxide ions 3. Weak and strong acids and bases
  3. Characteristics of amphoteric oxides and hydroxides 1. Reactions with acids and alkalis
  4. Role of solvent 1. Characteristics of hydrogen chloride in methyl benzene and aqueous solution 2. Reaction of dry and aqueous ammonia
  5. Salts
  6. Salts as ionic compounds formed when cations combine with anions
  7. Precipitation reactions
  8. Complex ions 6. Water and hardness
  9. ENERGY CHANGES IN CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROCESSES
  10. Endothermic and exothermic reactions 1. Enthalpy notation for exothermic and endothermic reactions
  11. Latent heat 1. Molar heat of fusion and vaporization as evidence of overcoming forces of attraction between particles
  12. Quantitative determination of enthalpies 1. Formation of hydrogen chloride gas from hydrogen and chlorine
  13. Simple energy level diagrams
  14. Hess Law
  15. Relate heat of solution to hydration and lattice energy Common fuels;

Energy contents 1. Charcoal, fuel, oil, ethanol (methylated spirit), kerosene and diesel 2. Choice of fuel 3. Precautions necessary when using fuels

  1. Pollution by common fuels
  2. REACTION RATES AND REVERSIBLE REACTIONS
  3. Reaction rates 1. Definition of rate of reaction 2. Collision theory and activation energy (qualitative treatment only) 3. Qualitative treatment of the effects of concentration, pressure, temperature. 2. Reversible reactions
  4. Equilibrium as the state of balance
  5. Le chateliers principle
  6. Uses in industrial processes( Haber and contact processes)
  7. ELECTROCHEMISTRY
  8. Redox reactions 1. Electron transfer( gain and loss of electrons) 2. Determination of oxidation numbers 3. Use an illustration of iron (II) 2. Displacement reactions ( as redox reactions)
  9. Reducing power
  10. Oxidising power of halogens
  11. Electrochemical cells
  12. Qualitative treatment of the electron flow in zinc and copper
  13. Standard electrode potentials
  14. Electrolysis
  15. Role of water in electrolysis
  16. Preferential discharge in electrolysis
  17. Factors affecting preferential discharge
  18. Applications
  19. Extraction of metals
  20. Copper refining, electroplating

METALS

  1. Metals, methods of extraction: 1. Chief metal ores of: sodium, aluminium, zinc, iron, copper and lead 2. General methods of extraction (electrolysis and reduction) 3. The electrolytic production of sodium and aluminium 4. Extraction of iron, copper and zinc from their ores. Properties of metals
  2. properties
  3. Chemical properties
  4. Uses of metals and their alloys
  5. Pollution effect of the industrial production of metals on the

environment

  1. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II (ALKANOLS AND ALKANOIC ACIDS) 1. Alkanols 1. General formula( ROH) 2. Preparation of alkanols 3. Uses-solvents, fuels and pharmaceuticals
  2. Alkanoic acids
  3. General formula -RCOOH
  4. Nomenclature
  5. Preparation by oxidation of primary alkanols
  6. Gradual change in physical properties
  7. Acid properties
  8. Detergents
  9. Soapy detergents
  10. Soapless detergents
  11. Polymers
  12. Names of some natural polymers and fibres
  13. Names of some synthetic fibres and polymers
  14. Synthetic rubber
  15. Advantages and disadvantages of synthetic polymers and fibres over

those of natural ori 8. Uses of polymers and fibres

  1. RADIOACTIVITY
  2. Stability of isotopes of elements 1. Types of radiation, beta and gamma rays 2. Radioactive decay as measured by half life 3. Nuclear equations: changes in nuclei resulting from radioactive decay by alpha and gamma rays 4. Qualitative treatment of fission and fusion
  3. Uses and importance of radioisotopes in chemistry, medicine, carbon dating and agriculture
  4. Pollution effects of radioactivity
  5. Dangers of radioisotopes
  6. Environmental pollution

CRE SYLLABUS FREE PDF DOWNLOAD

313 CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

By the end of the course, the learner should be able to:

  1. gain insights into the unfolding of God ’s self-revelation to humankind through:
    · personal experience,  the African Religious Heritage,
    · the Biblical relation as a whole and specifically in Jesus Christ,
    · the Christian community;
    2. use the acquired social, spiritual and moral insights to think critically and make appropriate
    moral decisions in a rapidly changing society;
    3. appreciate and respect their own, and other people’s cultural and Christian beliefs and
    practices;
    4. acquire the basic principles of Christian living and develop a sense of self respect and
    respect for others;
    5. promote international consciousness through the understanding of universal brotherhood and
    sisterhood;
    6. contribute positively to the transformation of self and the society as a whole;
    7. acquire knowledge for further studies in various career fields.

1.0.0 MEANING OF CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

1.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) Define Christian Religious Education;
b) Explain be importance of learning Christian Religious Education;

1.2.0 Content

1.2.1 Definition of Christian Religious Education.
1.2.2 Reasons for studying Christian Religious Education.

2.0 THE BIBLE

2.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the Bible as the word of God, its major divisions and its human authors;
b) outline the translation of the Bible from the original languages (Hebrews, Greek) to
local languages;
c) discuss the effects of the translation of the Bible into African languages.

2.2.0 Content

2.2.1 The Bible as the word of God (Hebrews 1: 1 – 2; 2 Timothy 3: 16; Revelation 22: 18).
2.2.2 Human authors (2 Peter 1:20-21).
2.2.3 Major divisions of the Bible.
2.2.4 The Bible as a library.
2:2.5 The translations of the Bible from the original languages (Hebrew, Greek) to the present
local languages.
2:2.6 Versions of the Bible used in Kenya today.
2:2.7 The effects of the translation of the Bible into African languages.

3.0.0 CREATION AND THE FALL OF MAN

3.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) describe the Biblical accounts of creation and appreciate creation as the work of God;
b) identify the attribute of God from the Biblical creation accounts;
c) describe the traditional African understanding of creation;
d) explain the teaching from the Biblical creation;
e) explain the origin of sin according to the Biblical accounts of the fall of human beings
and its consequences;
f) explain the traditional African concept of evil and discuss the similarities and
differences with the Biblical concept of sin;
g) explain God ’s plan of salvations.

3.2.0 Content

3.2.1 The Biblical accounts of creation and their meaning (Genesis I and 2).
3.2.2 Attributes of God from the Biblical creation accounts (Genesis 1 and 2).
3.2.3 Traditional African view of creation.
3.2.4 Teaching from the Biblical accounts of creation (Genesis 1 and 2).
3.2.5 The Biblical teaching on the origin of sin and its consequences (Gen. 3: 4; 6-9; 11).
3.2.6 Traditional African concept of evil.
3.2.7 God ’s plan of salvation (Genesis 3:15).
3.28 Similarities and differences between the traditional African concept of evil and the Biblical concept of sin.

4.0.0 FAITH  AND GOD’S PROMISES : ABRAHAM

4.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) outline the background to the call of Abraham;
    b) define the term ‘faith in God
    c) explain how Abraham demonstrated his faith in God and its relevance to Christians today;
    d) state the promises made by God to Abraham and explain their importance/relevance to  Christianity today;
    e) define the term ‘covenant
    f) explain the importance of God ’s covenant with Abraham ;
    g) identify covenants in modern life and state their significance;
    h) state the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants, (the Jews) and relate it to the African circumcision practice.

4:2.0 Content

4:2.1 Background to the call of Abraham (Genesis 11: 24-32; 12:1-9).
4:2.2 Definition of the term faith in God (Hebrews 11: 1-6).
4:2.3 a) Abraham ’s acts of faith in God (Genesis 12:1 -9; 15: 1-6; 17:23-24; 21: 1-7; 22: 1-19).
b) The importance of faith in Christian life today.
4:2.4 God’s promises to Abraham and their relevance to  Christians today (Genesis 12: 2-3; 15:1-21; 17:1-8; 17:15-18).
4:2.5 Meaning of the term covenant.
4:2.6 God ’s covenant with Abraham and its importance (Genesis 15: 1 – 19).
4:2.7 Covenants in modern life and their importance.
4:2.8 Circumcision.
a) The importance of the circumcision to Abraham and his descendants (Genesis 17: 1-16).
b) Compare the Jewish and African practices of circumcision.

5.0.0 SINAI COVENANT: MOSES

5:1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) describe the call of Moses;
    b) explain how God saved his people from Egypt;
    c) discuss the attributes of God learnt from the ten plaques;
    d) give an outline on how God cared for the Israelites during the Exodus;
    e) describe how the Sinai covenant was made, broken and renewed;
    f) explain the Ten Commandments and show how they should be applied in a Christian ’s daily life;
    g) describe how the Israelites worshipped God in their life in the wilderness;
    h) explain the new understanding that Moses gave to his people about the nature of God.

5:2.0 Content

5:2.1 The call of Moses (Exodus 3: 1-22).
5:2.2 The ten plagues (Exodus 7: 14 – 11:1– 10).
5:2.3 The Passover (Exodus 12:1-31).
5:2.4 The Exodus
a) The crossing of the Red Sea (Exodus 14:5-31).
b) Provision of water (Exodus 15:22-29; 17:1-6).
c) Provision of Manna and quails (Exodus: 16 1-35).
d) Defeat of the Amelekites (Exodus 17: 8-16).

5:2.5 a) The making of the Sinai Covenant (Exodus 19; 24: 1 – 8).
b) The breaking of the Sinai covenant (Exodus 32:1-35).
c) The renewal of the Sinai covenant (Exodus 34: 1-35).
5:2.6 The worship of God by the Israelites in the wilderness.
5:2.7 The Ten commandments (Exodus 20:1-17).
5:2.8 Israelites new understanding of the nature of God.

6.0.0 LEADERSHIP IN ISRAEL: DAVID AND SOLOMON

6.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) explain the reasons for kingship in Israel;
    b) explain reasons against kingship in Israel;
    c) explain King Saul’s failures;
    d) explain the lessons that can be learnt from King Saul’s failures;
    e) explain the importance of David as King of Israel and as an ancestor of Jesus Christ;
    f) explain the qualities of a good leader d raw n from King D avid ’s leadership;
    g) explain King Solomon ’s achievements and failures;
    h) explain the importance of the temple in Israel;
    i) assess the achievements and failures of King Solomon.

6.2.0 Content

6.2.1 Reasons for kingship in Israel (1 Samuel 8: 1-9).
6.2.2 Reasons against kingship in Israel ( 1 Samuel 8: 10-20).
6.2.3 King Saul’s failures (1 Samuel 13:8 -14; 15:7-25).
6.2.4 Lessons learnt from king Saul’s failures.
6.2.5 King David ’s importance:
(i) King David ’s achievements as King of Israel ( 1 S am uel 16:1 -23; 2 Samuel 6:1 –15).
(ii) David as an ancestor of Jesus Christ (2 Samuel 7: 1-29; Luke 1: 26-33).
6:2.6 Qualities of a good leader d raw n from King D avid ’s leadership.
6:2.7 King Solomon ’s achievements and failures (1 Kings 3 -12).
6:2.8 Importance of the temple in Israel.

7.0.0 LOYALTY TO GOD: ELIJAH

7.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain how and why idolatry became widespread among the Israelites.;
b) explain the effects of idolatry in Israel;
c) describe how Elijah fought against false religion and corruption among the people of Israel;
d) explain why Elijah faced danger and hostility as a prophet of God;
e) explain the relevance of Elijah ’s prophetic mission to Christian today;

7.2.0 Content

7.2.1 The spread of idolatry
a) The local Canaanite religion.
b) The schism between Judah and Israel (1 Kings 12:25 – 33).

7.2.2 The effects of idolatry in Israel.

7.2.3 Elijah ’s fight against:
a) False religion (1 Kings 18: 17-46)
b) Corruption (1 Kings 21)

7.2.4 The effects of idolatry in Israel..

7.2.5 Elijah ’s fight against:
a) False religion (1 Kings 18:17-46)
b) Corruption (1 Kings 21).

7.2.6 Life skills that help fight corruption:
· critical thinking
· creative thinking
· decision making

8.0.0 SELECTED OLD TESTAMENT PROPHETS AND THEIR TEACHINGS

8.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) define the term s’ prophet’ and prophecy ’;
b) identify categories of prophet;
c) explain the importance of prophets in Israel;
d) describe the characteristics of prophets;
e) explain how the prophetic messages were written;
f) explain the relationship between the Old Testament prophesies and the New
Testament;
g) draw parallels between the traditional and the Old Testament prophets and their
relevance to Christians today.

8.2.0 Content

8.2.1 Definition of the term s ‘prophets’ and ‘prophecy ’.
8.2.2 Categories of prophets.
8.2.3 Importance of prophets.
8.2.4 The characteristics of prophets.
8.2.5 The writing of prophetic Messages.
8.2.6 Relationship between the Old Testament prophecies and the New Testament.
8.2.7 Similarities and differences between the Traditional and the Old Testament prophets and
their relevance to Christian today.

9.0.0 AMOS

9.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) describe the historical background to Amos;
b) describe the call of Amos;
c) describe the five visions of Amos;
d) explain the teaching of Amos and relate their relevance to Christians today.

9.2.0 Content

9.2.1 Background to prophet Amos.
9.2.2 The call of Amos (Amos 1:1; 3:8; 7:10-15).
9.2.3 The visions of Amos (Amos 7: 1-9; 8:1:3; 9:1-14).

9.2.4 The Teachings of Prophet Amos
a) Social justice and responsibility (Amos 2:6-8; 3: 9-12; 4:1-3; 5:10-15; 6:1-8; 8: 4-6).
b) Hypocritical religion in Israel (Amos 4:4-5; 5: 4-5, 5:21-29)
c) Judgment against Israel and other nations (punishment and repentance) (Amos 1: 3-5; 5:1-17; 6: 7; 8: 9).
d) Israel’s E lection (A m os 2:9 -11; 3:1-2; 9: 7).
e) The day of the Lord (Amos 5:18-20; 6:3-5; 8:7-13).
f) The Remnant and Restoration (Amos 9:8-15).

10.0.0 JEREMIAH

10.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) describe the historical background of Prophet Jeremiah;
    b) describe his personal life and his call;
    c) explain the evils condemned by Jeremiah, which led to the breaking of the covenant;
    d) explain the temple sermon and the evils condemned by the prophet;
    e) explain the relevance of Jeremiah ’s teachings o n evils and false prophets to Christians today;
    f) analyse Jeremiah ’s teaching on judgment and punishment;
    g) explain the significance of symbolic acts related to judgment and punishment;
    h) explain Jeremiah ’s teaching on the new covenant;
    i) describe the suffering and lamentations of Jeremiah and their relevance to Christians today;
    j) explain Jeremiah ’s symbolic acts related to hop e and restoration;
    k) describe the fall of Jerusalem and the exile of the Israelites;
    l) relate the teaching of Jeremiah to the New Testament and Christian life today.

10.2.0 Content

10.2.1 Political, social and religious background of Prophet Jeremiah

10.2.2 Personal life and the call of Jeremiah (Jeremiah 1)

10.2.3 Evils addressed by prophet Jeremiah
a) Necromancy
b) Dishonesty/deception
c) False prophecy (Hananiah)
d) Human sacrifice
e) Idolatry (Jeremiah 2; 3; 4; 5; 7; 9; 10; 23; 28)

10.2.4 The temple sermon (Jeremiah 7: 1-8: 1-3).
10.2.5 Relevance o f Jeremiah ’s teaching on evils and false prophets to C hristians today.
10.2.6 Teachings on judgment and punishment (Jeremiah 5:12-18; 6:1-30; 7:30 – 8:1-17;
10:17-25; 14:1-18; 15: 1-9; 16:16-18; 17:1-13; 21:1-14; 25:1-38; 39:1-10).
10.2.7 Symbolic acts related to judgement and punishment (Jeremiah 13; 16; 18; 19; 24; 27).
10.2.8 Suffering and Lamentations of Jeremiah (Jeremiah 11: 18-23; 12:1-6; 15:10-21, 17:14-
18; 18:18-23; 20:1-6; 26;27; 37; 38).
10.2.9 The new covenant (Jeremiah 23:1-8; 24; 29; 30; 31; 32; 33).
10.2.10 Symbolic acts related to hope and restoration (Jeremiah 24: 10 – 32: 1-14).
10.2.11 The fall of Jerusalem and the exile of the Israelites (Jeremiah 39).
10.2.12 Relating the teaching of Jeremiah to the New Testament and Christian life today.

11.0.0 NEHEMIAH

11.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) describe the historical background to Nehemiah;
    b) identify and explain occasions when Nehemiah prayed;
    c) explain the importance of prayer in Christian life;
    d) describe how Nehemiah demonstrated good leadership qualities;
    e) explain w hat Christians today can learn from Nehemiah ’s leadership;
    f) describe the problems faced by Nehemiah during his mission;
    g) explain w hat Christians today can learn from Nehemiah ’s experiences;
    h) discuss how the covenant was renewed;
    i) describe the dedication of the Jerusalem wall;
    j) explain and an analyse Nehemiah ’s final reform s;
    k) relate the teachings from Nehemiah ’s exemplary life to S t L uke’s Gospel an d a
    Christian life today.

11.2.0 Content

11.2.1 Political, religious and social background to Nehemiah.
11.2.2 Occasions when Nehemiah prayed (Nehemiah 1:4-11; 2:4-8; 4:4-9; 5:19;6;9; 13:14; 22;
29; and 31).
11.2.3 Importance of prayer in Christian life.
11.2.4 Good leadership qualities (Nehemiah 1; 2; 4; 5; 6 and 7).
11.2.5 Relevance of Nehemiah’s leadership to Christians today.
11.2.6 Problems faced by Nehemiah (Nehemiah 3:5; 4; 5; 6; 13).
11.2.7 Relevance o f Nehemiah ’s experiences to Christians today.
11.2.8 Renewal of the covenant (Nehemiah 8 – 12:1-26).
11.2.9 Dedication of the wall of Jerusalem (Nehemiah 12:27-47).
11.2.10 Final reforms (Nehemiah 13).
11.20.1 Teachings from Nehemiah ’s exemplary life to S t. Luke’s gospel and a Christian life today.

12.0.0 OLD TESTAMENT PROPHESIES ABOUT THE MESSIAH

12.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) explain the Old Testament prophecies about the coming of the Messiah and the
    concept of the Messiah in the Old and the New Testaments;
    b) explain the role of John the Baptist as a link between the Old and the New Testament.

12.2.0 Content

12.2.1 The Old Testament prophesies about the coming of the messiah and the concept of the
Messiah in the New Testament (2 Samuel 7:3-17, Isaiah 7:10-16; 9:1-7; 53; 61:1-2; Jeremiah 23:5-6; Psalms 41:9; 110: 1-2); Micah 5:2-5; Luke 1: 26-38; 2: 1-23; 23:1-35; 24: 50-51).

12.2.2 The role of John the Baptist (Isaiah 40:3-5; Malachi 3:1; 4:5-6; Luke 7:20-35)

13.0.0 THE INFANCY AND EARLY LIFE OF JESUS

13.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to describe the infancy and early life of Jesus.

13.2.0 Content

13.2.1 The annunciation (Luke 1:5-56)
13.2.2 The birth of John the Baptist (Luke 1:57-80)
13.2.3 The birth of Jesus (Luke 2:1-20)
13.2.4 Dedication (Luke2: 21-40)
13.2.5 The boy Jesus at the Temple (Luke 2:41-52)

14.0.0 THE GALILEAN MINISTRY

14.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) outline the teachings of John the Baptist;
    b) describe the baptism and temptations of Jesus;
    c) explain the relevance of the baptism and the temptations of Jesus to Christians today;
    d) explain why Jesus was rejected at Nazareth;
    e) describe Jesus’ healing at Capernaum ;
    f) describe the call of the first disciples;
    g) explain why Jesus faced opposition from the Pharisees and the Scribes;
    h) explain the choosing of the twelve disciples and identify Jesus’ teachings on the qualities of the discipleship;
    i) explain Jesus’ teachings on the sermon on the plain and apply it to daily life;
    j) explain Jesus’ works of compassion;
    k) narrate the parables of Jesus;
    l) relate the significance of the parables to daily life;
    m) describe the mighty works of Jesus;
    n) explain the significance of the teaching from the mighty works of Jesus to Christians today;
    o) explain the teaching of Jesus on discipleship, divine power, messiahship, faith and humility.

14.2.0 Content

14.2.1 John the Baptist and Jesus
a) The preaching of John the Baptist (Luke 3:1-20).
b) The baptism of Jesus (Luke3:21-22).

14.2.2 The temptation of Jesus (Luke 4:1-13).
14.2.3 The relevance of the baptism and the temptations of Jesus to Christians today.
14.2.4 Jesus begins work in Galilee and is rejected at Nazareth (Luke 4:14-30).
14.2.5 Jesus heals in Capernaum (Luke 4:31-44).
14.2.6 Jesus calls the first disciples (Luke 5:1-11).
14.2.7 Jesus faces opposition (Luke 5:12-6:11).
14.2.8 T he choosing of the tw elve disciples and Jesus’ teaching on tru e discipleship (Luke 6: 12-16, 27-49).
14.2.9 The sermon on the plain (Luke 6:17-49).
14.2.10 Jesus’ w orks of com passion
a) T he healing of the C entu rion ’s servant (L uke7:1 -10).
b) The raising of the son of the widow of Nain (Luke7:11-17).
c) Assurance to John the Baptist (Luke7:18-35).
d) Forgiveness of the sinful woman (Luke7:36-83).

14.2.11 Jesus teaches in parables (Luke 8:4-21).
14.2.12 Significance of the parable of Jesus.
14.2.13 Mighty works of Jesus (Luke 8:22-56).

14.2.14 Jesus and the twelve disciples.
a) The commissioning of the twelve disciples (Luke 9: 1-9).
b) Jesus feeds the 5000 (Luke 9:10-17).
c) The person of Jesus and His destiny (Luke9:18-27).
d) The transfiguration (Luke 9:28-36).
e) Jesus teaching on faith and humility (Luke9:37-50).

15.0.0 THE JOURNEY TO JERUSALEM

15.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) explain and evaluate the characteristics of a true follower of Jesus;
    b) explain Jesus’ teaching o n God ’s power in overcoming evil.;
    c) define the terms confession, honesty and hypocrisy;
    d) explain Jesus’ teaching on material possessions, readiness and watchfulness;
    e) relate Jesus’ teaching on material possessions, readiness and watchfulness to Christian living today;
    f) explain the spiritual teaching given by Jesus through the parables of the feasts;
    g) narrate the parables of the lost;
    h) explain the parables’ teaching in daily Christian life;
    i) explain Jesus teaching on wealth and poverty;
    j) explain Jesus’ teaching o n the power of faith;
    k) explain the significance of faith in Christian life;
    l) explain Jesus’ teaching o n prayer and persistence;
    m) explain Jesus’ teaching o n the w ay of salvation.

15.2.0 Content

  1. a) Duties and privileges of discipleship (Luke 9:51-62).
    b) The mission of the seventy two (Luke10:1-24).
    c) A committed follower of Jesus (Luke 10: 25-11:1-13).

15.2.1 U se of God ’s power to overcome evil (Luke 11:1 4 -36).

  1. a) Material possessions (Luke12:13-34).
    b) Watchfulness and readiness (Luke12:35-59).
    2.3 T he grow th of G o d ’s Kingdom (Luke 13:1 -35).
    15.2.4 A great feast for all who are prepared (Luke 14:1-35)
    a) The invited guests.
    b) The great feast.
    c) The cost of discipleship.

15.2.5 Retrieving the lost (Luke 15:1-32)
a) Parable of the lost sheep.
b) Parable of the lost coin.
c) Parable of the lost son.

15.2.6 Wealth and poverty (Luke 16:1-32).
15.2.7 The power of faith (Luke 17:1-37).

15.2.8 Persistence in prayer (Luke 18:1-14).
a) Parable of the widow and the unjust judge (Luke 18:1-8)
b) Parable of the Pharisees and the Tax collector (Luke 18: 9-14)

15.2.9 The way to salvation (Luke 18:15-19:1-27).

16.0.0 JESUS’ MINISTRY IN JERUSALEM

16.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) describe the triumphant entry of Jesus into Jerusalem;
b) explain the cleansing of the temple;
c) explain Jesus’ conflict with Jewish leaders;
d) explain Jesus’ teaching about eschatology.

16.2.0 Content

16.2.1 The triumphant entry into Jerusalem (Luke 19: 28-40).
16.2.2 Cleansing of the temple (Luke 19:41-48).
16.2.3 Jesus’ conflicts with the Jewish leaders (Luke 20:1 -24:1-4).
16.2.4 Eschatology (Luke 21:5-38).

17.0.0 JESUS ’ PASSION, DEATH AND RESURRECTION

17.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) discuss the Lord ’s supper and show its meaning to Christians today;
    b) describe the events that took place on Mount Olives;
    c) explain the events that took place between the arrest and the burial of Jesus;
    d) describe the resurrection of Jesus;
    e) explain and relate the significance of the teaching on the passion, death and
    resurrection of Jesus to daily life.

17.2.0 Content

17.2.1 The last supper (Luke 22:1-38).
17.2.2 Prayer on Mount Olives, betrayal and arrest (Luke 22:39-53).
17.2.3 The denial by Peter, trial, crucifixion, death and burial (Luke 22:54-71; 23:1-56).
7.2.4 The resurrection (Luke 24:1-53)

  1. a) Witness to the risen Christ
    testimony of the Holy women
    · the disciples on the way to Emmaus
    · appearance to the disciples.
  2. b) Jesus ascension to heaven

17.2.5 Significance of passion, death and the resurrection of Jesus to daily Christian life.

18.0.0 THE GIFTS OF THE HOLY SPIRIT

18.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) relate the message of Peter on the Day of Pentecost;
    b) explain the teaching of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit;
    c) explain the gifts of the Holy Spirit and their manifestation as expressed by Paul;
    d) explain the criteria for discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit in the New Testament;
    e) Discuss the manifestation of the Holy Spirit in the church today.

18.2.0 Content

18.2.1 Peter’s message o n the Day of Pentecost (Acts 2:1 -40).
18.2.2 The teaching of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit (John 14:15-26; 16:5-15; Acts 1:7-8).
18.2.3 The gifts of the Holy Spirit (1 Corinthians 12, 13, 14).
18.2.4 The criteria for discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit (1 Corinthians 12:1-3; Matthew 7:15-20; Galatians 5: 16-26).
18.2.5 Manifestations of the gifts of the Holy Spirit in the church today (Galatians 5: 16-26).
18.2.6 The fruits of the Holy Spirit (Galatians 5:16-26).

19.0.0 UNITY OF BELIEVERS

19.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) explain the unity of believers as taught in selected New Testament texts;
    b) show how unity of believers in the Christian community and the nation is promoted.

19.2.0 Content

19.2.1 Teaching on the unity of believers in selected New Testament texts

  1. a) The people of God (1 Peter 2:9-10).
    b) The body of Christ (1 Corinthians 12:12-27); Ephesians 4:1-12).
    c) The vine and the branches (John 15:1-10).
    d) The church (Ephesians 5:21-32).
    e) The bride (Revelation 21:1-12;2 Corinthians 11:2).

20 .0.0 AFRICAN CONCEPT OF GOD, SPIRITS AND ANCESTORS

20.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the African concept of God, spirits and ancestors;
b) explain the African understanding of the hierarchy of beings ;
c) describe the role of God, spirits, and ancestors;
d) explain the responsibilities of the living towards God, spirits and ancestors;
e) describe the traditional African way of worshipping God, venerating and communicating with the ancestors and spirits.

20.2.0 Content

20.2.1 African concept of God, spirits and ancestors.
20.2.2 African understanding of the hierarchy of beings.
20.2.3 The role of God, spirits and ancestors.
20.2.4 Responsibility of the living towards God, spirits and ancestors.
20.2.5 Traditional African ways of:
a) worshipping God;
b) venerating and communicating with spirits and ancestors.

21.0.0 AFRICAN MORAL AND CULTURAL VALUES

21.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) explain the meaning of life and its wholeness in the traditional African society;
    b) explain the African concept of community and kinship system;
    c) outline and explain factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African community;
    d) describe the rites of passage and their role in inculcating moral values in the traditional African community;
    e) explain the role of religious specialists in the African communities and evaluate their relevance in modern society;
    f) explain the African moral values;
    g) discuss and evaluate continuity and change in the African understanding of leisure, dress, old age, the aged, widows, orphans, dowry, community, land, medicine, worship and property.

21.2.0 Content

21.2.1 Meaning of life and its wholeness in the traditional African society.
21.2.2 The African concept of community and kinship system.
21.2.3 Factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African communities.
21.2.4 a) Rites of passage
i) Birth and naming
ii) Initiation
iii) Marriage
iv) Death.
b) The role of each in inculcating moral values.

21.2.5 The role of religious specialists in the African communities and their relevance today.
21.2.6 African moral values hospitality, honesty, courtesy, integrity tolerance/perseverance
loyalty, chastity, respect, responsibility, love, co-operation, and unity.

21.2.7 Continuity and change in the African understanding of community old age, land, the aged, property widows, orphans, dress, dowry, medicine, and leisure.

22.0.0 INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN ETHICS

22.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the meaning of Christian ethics;
b) explain the basis of Christian ethics.

22.2.0 Content
22.2.1 Meaning of Christian ethics.
22.2.2 Basis of Christian ethics.

23.0.0 CHRISTIAN APPROACHES TO HUMAN SEXUALITY, MARRIAGE AND FAMILY

23.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) define human sexuality, marriage and family;
    b) explain the traditional African understanding of human sexuality;
    c) explain Christian teaching on human sexuality;
    d) explain traditional African practices related to male/female relationships;
    e) explain Christian teaching on male/female relationship at various levels;
    f) explain Christian teaching on responsible sexual behaviour;
    g) explain Christian teaching on irresponsible sexual behaviour and their consequences;
    h) explain traditional African understanding of marriage;
    i) explain Christian teaching on marriage;
    j) discuss the traditional African and Christian approaches to marriage preparation;
    k) explain celibacy as an alternative to marriage;
    l) discuss Traditional and Christian understanding of the family;
    m) discuss the value of responsible parenthood;
    n) discuss problems related to family life today;
    o) explain and evaluate traditional African and Christian approaches to problems related to family life today.

23.2.0 Content

23.2.1 Definitions of human sexuality, marriage and family.
23.2.2 Traditional African understanding of human sexuality.
23.2.3 Christian teaching on human Sexuality.
23.2.4 Traditional African practices related to male/female relationships at various levels.
23.2.5 Christian teaching on male/female relationships at various levels.
23.2.6 Christian teaching on responsible sexual behaviour.
23.2.7 Christian teaching on:
a) Irresponsible sexual behaviour; Incest, rape, fornication adultery, homosexuality
prostitution;
b) Effects of irresponsible sexual behaviour; H IV /A ID S , S T I’s, abortion, divorce,
separation, death, street children, unplanned pregnancies, school drop outs.

Psychological problems:

Depression, self pity, withdraw, aggressiveness, violence, and stress.
23.2.8 Traditional African understanding of marriage.
23.2.9 Christian teaching on marriage.

23.2.10 Preparation for marriage in both the traditional African society and Christian practice;
a) Traditional African preparation for marriage
b) Christian teaching on preparation for marriage
23.2.11 Celibacy as an alternative to marriage.
23.2.12 Traditional African and Christian understanding of the family.
23.2.13 Value of responsible parenthood.
23.2.14 Problems related to family life today.
23.2.15 Traditional African and Christian approaches to problems related to family life today.

24.0.0 CHRISTIAN APPROACHED TO WORK

24.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) define the term s ‘work ’ and ‘vocation ’;
b) explain the traditional African attitude towards work;
c) explain the role of professional ethos, ethics and code in society;
d) explain virtues related to work;
e) discuss the moral duties and responsibilities of employers and employees;
f) discuss Christian approaches to issues related to employment.

24.2.0 Content

24.2.1 Definition of the term s ‘work ’ and ‘vocation ’.
24.2.2 Traditional African attitude to work.
24.2.3 Christian teaching on work.
24.2.4 The roles of professional ethos, ethics and codes in society.

24.2.5 Some virtues related to various types of work.
(i) diligence
(ii) honesty/integrity
(iii) faithfulness
(iv) responsibility
(v) loyalty
(vi) tolerance.

24.2.6 Moral duties and responsibilities of employers and employees.

24.2.7 Christian approaches to issues related to employment
a) Wages and industrial action
b) Child labour
c) Unemployment and self-employment.

25.0.0 CHRISTIAN APPROACHES TO LEISURE

25.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the meaning of leisure;
b) discuss the traditional African understanding of leisure;
c) discuss Christian teaching on leisure;
d) discuss the importance of leisure;
e) outline various forms and uses of leisure;
f) explain how leisure is misused in the society today;
g) discuss the abuse of alcohol and other drugs and their effects;
h) explain Christian criteria for evaluating the use of leisure .

25.2.0 Content

25.2.1 Meaning of leisure.
25.2.2 Traditional African understanding of leisure.
25.2.3 Christian teaching on leisure.
25.2.4 Importance of leisure.
25.2.5 Various forms and uses of leisure.
25.2.6 Misuse of leisure today.

25.2.7 Misuse/abuse of drugs.
a) Alcohol
b) Other drugs
c) Effects of drug abuse
25.2.8 Christian criteria for evaluating the use of leisure.

26.0.0 CHRISTIAN APPROACHES TO WEALTH, MONEY AND POVERTY

26.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) define the concepts of wealth, money and poverty;
b) explain the traditional African understanding of wealth and poverty;
c) describe and evaluate the impact of the introduction of the money economy in the traditional African society;
d) explain Christian teaching on money, wealth and poverty;
e) discuss Christian approaches to some issues related to wealth, money, and poverty.

26.2.0 Content

26.2.1 Definition of the concepts wealth, money and poverty.
26.2.2 Traditional African understanding of wealth and poverty.
26.2.3 Impact of the introduction of money economy in traditional African society.
26.2.4 Christian teaching on money, wealth and poverty.

26.2.5 Christian approaches to some issues related to wealth.
a) Fair distribution of wealth (affluence and poverty)
b) Bribery and corruption
c) Life skills:
i) critical thinking
ii) creative thinking
iii) decision making
iv) self-esteem assertiveness.
d) Christian values:
(i) love
(ii) honesty
(iii) reliability
(iv) fairness
(v) justice
(vi) respect (for other people’s rights and property)
(vii) humility
(viii) faithfulness
(ix) persistence.

27.0.0 CHRISTIAN APPROACHES TO LAW, ORDER AND JUSTICE

27.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:
a) define the term s ‘law ” order’ and ‘justice’;
b) describe and evaluate traditional African practices that promote law, order and justice;
c) explain the Biblical teaching on law, order and justice;
d) identify and evaluate the need for law, order and justice in the society;
e) explain the rights and duties of citizens;
f) explain the causes and remedies of social disorder;
g) evaluate the role of Christians in the transformation of the society;
h) discuss Church-State relationship.

27.2.0 Content
27.2.1 Definition of the term s ‘law ’ ‘order’ and ‘justice’.
27.2.2 Traditional African practices that promote law, order and justice.
27.2.3 Biblical teaching on law, order and justice.
27.2.4 Need for law, order and justice in the society.
27.2.5 Rights and duties of citizens.

27.2.6 Causes of social disorder and remedies
a) Causes
(i) discrimination
(ii) inequitable distribution of wealth and resources
(iii) racism
(iv) tribalism
(v) crime
(vi) sexism.
b) Remedies
(i) Rehabilitation
(ii) punishment.

27.2.7 The role of Christians in transforming the social, economic and political life of the society.

27.2.8 Church – State relationship.

28.0.0 CHRISTIAN APPROACHES TO SELECTED ISSUES RELATED TO MODERN SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

28.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the Christian view on some issues related to modern science and technology;
b) describe the effects of modern science and technology on the environment.

28.2.0 Content

28.2.1 Christian view on some issues related to science and technology.
a) Euthanasia
b) Blood transfusion
c) Organ transplant
d) Genetic engineering
e) Plastic Surgery

28.2.2 The Christian view on the effects of modern science and technology on the environment
(Pollution, desertification).

Integrated Sciences Grade 7 CBC Free Schemes of Work

 

GRADE 7 ACTIVE INTEGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORKTERM 3

NAME OF THE TEACHER                                                                  SCHOOL                                             YEAR                          TERM             .

Week LSN strand Sub-strand Specific Learning Outcomes Key Inquiry Question(s) Learning Experiences Learning Resources Assessment Methods Ref
1 1 Human Excretory System-Skin and Urinary System

 

Healthy living for Good skin and kidney By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) Identify causes of skin diseases

b) Adopt a healthy lifestyle to promote skin health.

c) Appreciate the importance of proper use of cosmetics for a health.

Why is excretion important to the human body? Learners are guided to:

• Learners are guided to discuss healthy lifestyles that promote kidney and skin health, for instance, adequate hydration.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Charts

• salts and water

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 97-98

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.118-119

• Practical Work

• Observation

• Oral Questions and Answers

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Anecdotal Records

• Written Test

 
  2   Importance of proper use of cosmetics By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a.       Define the term cosmetics

b.       Discuss the importance of cosmetics

c.       State the effects of cosmetics on the human skin

d.       Appreciate the importance of proper use of cosmetics

What are cosmetics? Learners are guided to:

• Search for information and brainstorm on examples of cosmetics and their health effects on human body (e.g. skin lightening creams and lotions).

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Charts

• salts and water

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 98-100

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.119-121

• Practical Work

• Observation

• Oral Questions and Answers

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Anecdotal Records

• Written Test

 
  3   Homemade cosmetics By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a.       Define the term cosmetics

b.       List various homemade ingredients that can be used in making cosmetics

c.       Make homemade cosmetics using the available materials

d.       Appreciate the importance of proper use of cosmetics

What are cosmetics? Learners are guided to:

Make cosmetics using locally available materials at home like ginger, charcoal among others.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Charts

• salts and water

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 98-100

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.119-121

• Practical Work

• Observation

• Oral Questions and Answers

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Anecdotal Records

• Written Test

 
  4   Model of a urinary system By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) Describe the various parts of the urinary system.

b) Acquire locally available materials for modelling a urinary system

c) Adopt a healthy lifestyle to promote kidney and skin health.

Why is excretion important to the human body? Learners are guided to:

Project

Model of the urinary system.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Charts

• salts and water

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 100-101

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.122-123

• Practical Work

• Observation

• Oral Questions and Answers

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Anecdotal Records

• Written Test

 
2 1 FORCE AND ENERGY Static Electricity

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) demonstrate the existence of static charges in objects

b) define the term static electricity

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

How do materials get charged?

 

 

The learner is guided to:

• rub different objects to show the presence of static charges in objects

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 103-105

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.124-125

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  2   Types of charges

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) state the different types of charges

b) demonstrate by showing the different types of charges

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

How do materials get charged? The learner is guided to:

• search for, play and watch videos showing types of charges

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 105-106

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.126-127

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  3   Charging objects by rubbing By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) state the methods used in charging objects

b) charge objects using rubbing method

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

How do materials get charged? The learner is guided to:

• charge different objects by rubbing

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 106-107

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.127-129

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  4   Charging objects by rubbing By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) state the methods used in charging objects

b) charge objects using rubbing method

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

How do materials get charged? The learner is guided to:

• charge different objects by rubbing

 

-• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 106-107

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.127-129

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
3 1   Charging objects by induction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) state the methods used in charging objects

b) charge objects using induction method

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

How do materials get charged? The learner is guided to:

• charge different objects by induction

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 106-107

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.127-129

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  2   Charging objects by induction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) state the methods used in charging objects

b) charge objects using induction method

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

How do materials get charged? The learner is guided to:

• charge different objects by induction

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 106-107

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.127-129

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  3   effects of force between charged objects- attraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) define the term force

b) demonstrate the effects of force between charged objects

d) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

What are the dangers of static charges? The learner is guided to:

• show attraction and repulsion between charged objects

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 108-109

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.129-131

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  4   effects of force between charged objects- attraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) define the term force

b) demonstrate the effects of force between charged objects

d) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

What are the dangers of static charges? The learner is guided to:

• show attraction and repulsion between charged objects

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 108-109

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.129-131

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
4 1   effects of force between charged objects- repulsion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) define the term force

b) demonstrate the effects of force between charged objects

d) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

What are the dangers of static charges? The learner is guided to:

• show attraction and repulsion between charged objects

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 108-109

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.129-131

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  2   effects of force between charged objects- repulsion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) define the term force

b) demonstrate the effects of force between charged objects

d) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

What are the dangers of static charges? The learner is guided to:

• show attraction and repulsion between charged objects

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 108-109

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.129-131

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  3   safety measures when dealing with static charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify safety measures when handling static electricity

b) demonstrate the safety measures when dealing with static electricity

c) appreciate the use of static charges in daily life

What are the dangers of static charges? The learner is guided to:

• discuss safety measures when dealing with static charges (include lightning).

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 109-111

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.131-133

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  4   Uses of static charges in everyday life By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify sources of static charges

b.       Discuss the application and uses of static charges

c.       Appreciate the existence of static charges

What are the uses of static charges? The learner is guided to:

Discuss the application and uses of static charges.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 111-113

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.134-135

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
5 1 Electrical Energy

 

Sources of electricity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify various sources of electricity in their environment

b) watch a video clip on sources of electricity

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity?

 

The learner is guided to:

• discuss and identify sources of electricity (hydro-electric power, geothermal, solar, wind power)

• search for and observe videos and photographs on sources of electricity

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 115-116

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.136-137

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Written Test

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

• Portfolio

 
  2   Electrical circuit in series By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify the two types of electrical connections

b) set up simple electrical circuits in series using dry cells, bulbs, ammeters and voltmeters

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• Set up simple electrical circuits. (Series arrangement of cells and bulbs), in a group

• search for and observe videos and animations showing how to set-up simple electrical circuits, in a group

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 117-120

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.138-141

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  3   Electrical circuit in series By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify the two types of electrical connections

b) set up simple electrical circuits in series using dry cells, bulbs, ammeters and voltmeters

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• Set up simple electrical circuits. (Series arrangement of cells and bulbs), in a group

• search for and observe videos and animations showing how to set-up simple electrical circuits, in a group

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 117-120

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.138-141

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  4   Electrical circuit in parallel By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify the two types of electrical connections

b) set up simple electrical circuits in parallel using dry cells, bulbs, ammeters and voltmeters

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• Set up simple electrical circuits. (parallel arrangement of cells and bulbs), in a group

• search for and observe videos and animations showing how to set-up simple electrical circuits, in a group

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 117-120

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.138-141

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
6 1   Electrical circuit in parallel By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify the two types of electrical connections

b) set up simple electrical circuits in parallel using dry cells, bulbs, ammeters and voltmeters

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• Set up simple electrical circuits. (parallel arrangement of cells and bulbs), in a group

• search for and observe videos and animations showing how to set-up simple electrical circuits, in a group

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 117-120

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.138-141

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  2   classification of materials as conductors By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) differentiate between conductors and non-conductors of electricity

b) classify materials as conductors of electricity

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the differences between conductors and non-conductors of electricity?

 

The learner is guided to:

• carry out experiments to classify materials as conductors of electricity

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 120-121

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.141-142

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  3   classification of materials as conductors By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) differentiate between conductors and non-conductors of electricity

b) classify materials as conductors of electricity

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the differences between conductors and non-conductors of electricity?

 

The learner is guided to:

• carry out experiments to classify materials as conductors of electricity

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 120-121

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.141-142

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  4   classification of materials as non-conductors By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) differentiate between conductors and non-conductors of electricity

b) classify materials as non-conductors of electricity

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the differences between conductors and non-conductors of electricity?

 

The learner is guided to:

• carry out experiments to classify materials as non-conductors of electricity

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 120-121

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.141-142

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
7 1   Electrical appliances in the locality By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) classify materials as conductors and non-conductors of electricity

b) identify electrical appliances in their locality

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• discuss and identify various electrical appliances in their locality.

• explore uses of electricity in their environment

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 121-122

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.142-143

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  2   Electrical appliances in the locality By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) classify materials as conductors and non-conductors of electricity

b) identify electrical appliances in their locality

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• discuss and identify various electrical appliances in their locality.

• explore uses of electricity in their environment

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 121-122

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.142-143

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  3   safety measures when handling electrical appliances By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify electrical appliances in their locality

b) identify safety measures when handling electrical appliances

c) appreciate the use of electricity in their daily life

What are the sources of electricity? The learner is guided to:

• identify safety measures to observe when using electrical appliances

• explore uses of electricity in their environment

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

• Course book

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 122-123

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.144-145

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
  4   Uses of electricity in daily life By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a.       State the sources of electricity

b.       Observe pictures on uses of electricity

c.       Discuss the uses of electricity in daily life

d.       Appreciate the importance of electricity

What are the uses of electricity? The learner is guided to:

Discuss the uses of electricity in day to day life.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 123-124

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.145-147

• Written Test

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

• Observation Schedule

 
8 1 Magnetism

 

Classification of materials By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) classify materials in the environment as magnetic or non-magnetic

b) differentiate between magnetic and non-magnetic materials

c) develop curiosity in using magnetic materials

How do we identify magnetic materials in our environment?

 

 

The learner is guided to:

• identify and collect materials within their environment, sort and group them as magnetic and non-magnetic materials

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 127-128

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.148

Portfolio

• Written Test

• Observation Schedule

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

 
  2   force between like and unlike poles By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) watch a video clip of force between like and unlike poles of a magnet

b) investigate the force between like poles of magnets

c) appreciate the applications of magnets in day-to-day life

How do we identify magnetic materials in our environment?

 

The learner is guided to:

• carry out activities showing repulsion between two like poles of magnets.

• Search for and watch animations showing force between like and unlike poles of magnets.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 129-130

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.149-151

Portfolio

• Written Test

• Observation Schedule

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

 
  3   force between like and unlike poles By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) watch a video clip of force between like and unlike poles of a magnet

b) investigate the force between like poles of magnets

c) appreciate the applications of magnets in day-to-day life

How do we identify magnetic materials in our environment?

 

The learner is guided to:

• carry out activities showing repulsion between two like poles of magnets.

• Search for and watch animations showing force between like and unlike poles of magnets.

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 129-130

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.149-151

Portfolio

• Written Test

• Observation Schedule

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

 
  4   Uses of a magnet in daily life By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) Watch a video clip on the uses of a magnet

b) identify the uses of magnets in day-to-day life

c) appreciate the applications of magnets in day-to-day life

How are magnets used in day-to-day life? The learner is guided to:

• discuss the uses of magnets with peers

 

• Basic Laboratory Apparatus, equipment and selected specimens

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 T.G pg. 131-134

Active Integrated Scie. Gr 7 P.B pg.151-156

Portfolio

• Written Test

• Observation Schedule

• Assessment Rubrics

• Checklist

• Practical Work

 
9 END TERM ASSESSMENT/CLOSING